JP2013075492A - Notebook - Google Patents

Notebook Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2013075492A
JP2013075492A JP2011218268A JP2011218268A JP2013075492A JP 2013075492 A JP2013075492 A JP 2013075492A JP 2011218268 A JP2011218268 A JP 2011218268A JP 2011218268 A JP2011218268 A JP 2011218268A JP 2013075492 A JP2013075492 A JP 2013075492A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
binding
cover
bent
rod
cover body
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2011218268A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP5425155B2 (en
Inventor
Kanji Tanaka
莞二 田中
Yoshiteru Arimoto
佳照 有本
Hiroyuki Yamashita
洋行 山下
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Lihit Lab Inc
Original Assignee
Lihit Lab Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lihit Lab Inc filed Critical Lihit Lab Inc
Priority to JP2011218268A priority Critical patent/JP5425155B2/en
Publication of JP2013075492A publication Critical patent/JP2013075492A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5425155B2 publication Critical patent/JP5425155B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a notebook that facilitates manufacture, can be made relatively thin, allows a cover and a leaf to be folded back by substantially 360 degrees, and facilitates replacement of the leaf.SOLUTION: A notebook includes: a cover 1010; a binder provided with a connection region 14 for connecting a plurality of binding rod parts 12 and a pivot connection region 16 serving as the center when opening and closing binding rods of the binding rod parts; and a mounting member 140 for mounting the binder to an inner side of a cover part. The mounting member includes a fixed shape part 142 to be fixed to a cover and a deformation part 144. The binding rod parts and/or the connection region and/or the pivot connection region are rotatably inserted through through-holes 148 of the deformation part 144 so that a binding rod locking part of the binding rod may be disengaged by being moved in a longitudinal direction of the connection region. The cover part includes a folding part 1020 so as to be turned back by substantially 360 degrees. The connection region 14 of the binder and the fixed shape part 142 of the mounting member are positioned in the vicinity of the bending part 1020 so that a leaf bound at the binding rod parts 12 may be turned along the binding rod to turn it back by substantially 360 degrees.

Description

この発明は、手帳、ノート、帳簿、冊子等の帳面に関するものであり、特に、例えば、セルリング式ノート又は綴じ穴のあるリーフを綴じる手帳類、ファイル・バインダ等の帳面に関する。   The present invention relates to notebooks such as notebooks, notebooks, books, booklets, and the like, and more particularly, to notebooks such as cellling notebooks or leafs with binding holes, files such as file binders.

従来、リング状の部材を用いて、穴の開いたリーフを綴じていたノートは、そのリングの形状に沿って、360°リーフを広げること、すなわち開くだけでなく、リーフを折り返しノートの表面側と裏面側とを重ねることができ、180度しか開かないノートと比して半分のスペースで活用することができた。しかし、このセルリング式ノートは、リーフの差し替えができない欠点があった。
一方、特許第3440356号及び実開平7−17578号の綴具を用いたノート並びに米国特許公開2006/0024124号のバインダ、すなわちリーフを綴じる綴杆部が開閉可能なノートやバインダは、リーフの差し替えが可能である。
Conventionally, a notebook in which a leaf with a hole is bound using a ring-shaped member is not only widened by 360 ° leaf along the shape of the ring; Can be used in half the space compared to a notebook that opens only 180 degrees. However, this cellling type notebook has a drawback that the leaf cannot be replaced.
On the other hand, a notebook using a binding tool of Japanese Patent No. 3340356 and Japanese Utility Model Laid-Open No. 7-17578 and a binder of US Patent Publication No. 2006/0024124, that is, a notebook or binder that can open and close a binding portion that binds a leaf, replaces a leaf. Is possible.

特許第3440356号Japanese Patent No. 3340356 実開平7−17578号ACT 7-17578 米国特許公開2006/0024124号US Patent Publication 2006/0024124

しかしながら、特許第3440356号の綴具は、複数の櫛部(2)を有する2本の主部材(1)からなる綴具であって、主部材(1a)の先端(7a)にスライド可能なリング部材(4)を設け、かつ、このリング部材(4)の内側の形状は主部材(1a)と主部材(1b)とを一体に合わせた外形とほぼ同一もしくは少し小さなものであり、リーフの差し換えのために、2本の主部材を分離した後に、複数の櫛部の先端の嵌合手段を嵌合するときに、多くの櫛部を嵌合するために比較的手間がかかった。
また、実開平7−17578号の綴具は、複数の綴環を起立した第1部材と第2部材とを共通の軸線で枢着している。したがって、第1部材と第2部材とは分離しないが、綴環15,17の基部に複数の綴環を連結する棒状の連結部を形成し、その連結部の内側面から張出部23を突設しているために、例えば、机の上に置いて綴具を開こうとしても、綴環の基部の外側が机の面に突き出たり、綴環が充分開かず、リーフの出し入れが比較的困難である。また、合成樹脂による一体成形は、製造用金型が複雑な構造となり、困難である。
また、米国特許公開2006/0024124号の綴具及び表紙は、構造が複雑で大きく、リーフの差し換えも容易とは言えない。
それゆえに、この発明の主たる目的は、製造が容易で、比較的薄くでき、表紙とリーフとを略360度折り返しができ、リーフの差し換えをし易い帳面を提供することである。
However, the binding tool of Japanese Patent No. 3340356 is a binding tool composed of two main members (1) having a plurality of comb portions (2), and is a ring that can slide on the tip (7a) of the main member (1a). The member (4) is provided, and the inner shape of the ring member (4) is substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the outer shape of the main member (1a) and the main member (1b) combined. When the fitting means at the tips of the plurality of comb parts are fitted after the two main members are separated for replacement, it takes a relatively long time to fit many comb parts.
Further, in the binding tool disclosed in Japanese Utility Model Laid-Open No. 7-17578, a first member and a second member that stand up with a plurality of binding rings are pivotally attached to a common axis. Therefore, the first member and the second member are not separated, but a bar-like connecting portion that connects a plurality of binding rings is formed at the base of the binding rings 15 and 17, and the protruding portion 23 is formed from the inner side surface of the connecting portion. For example, even if you try to open the binding tool by placing it on a desk, the outside of the base of the ring will protrude to the surface of the desk, the ring will not open sufficiently, and the insertion and removal of the leaf will be compared. Difficult. In addition, integral molding with a synthetic resin is difficult because the manufacturing mold has a complicated structure.
Further, the binding device and cover of US Patent Publication No. 2006/0024124 have a complicated structure and are not easy to replace leaves.
Therefore, a main object of the present invention is to provide a notebook that is easy to manufacture, can be made relatively thin, can be folded back approximately 360 degrees, and can easily be replaced.

この発明にかかる帳面は、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部材とを備え、前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、前記取付部材は、表紙に固定されるための定形部と変形部とを備え、綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を変形部の貫挿孔に回動自在に貫挿され、前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部を備え、前記綴具の連結領域及び取付部材の定形部は、前記折曲部の近傍に位置して、綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成された、帳面である。
この発明の請求項2にかかる帳面においては、前記表紙体は、背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、前記取付部材の貫挿孔は、貫挿孔に緩挿された綴具が背表紙部の近くに位置し且つ表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部の近くに位置するように綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体を閉じたときには綴具が表紙体の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成され、前記綴具は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体を閉じたときに表紙体の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体を開いたときに表紙体の内側から外れた外側で折曲部の近くに位置するように、取付部材の変形部に取り付けられた、請求項1に記載の帳面である。
この発明の請求項3にかかる帳面においては、前記取付部材の変形部は、固定部との境界から、内方に向けて立ち上げられた平板状体又は筒状体により構成され、立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、綴具の綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を開閉自在に貫挿され、立ち上げられた変形部の高い領域が綴杆部の内側に至り、綴具が表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの内側面に取り付けられた、請求項1に記載の帳面である。
この発明の請求項4にかかる帳面は、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部とを備え、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆は、一対の綴杆が向き合うように、一対の連結領域の各々にその長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、連結領域の外側部ないし上側部から突設され、綴杆係止部が連結領域の長手方向に移動して開閉するように形成され、前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、前記表紙体は、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び背表紙部のうちいずれか1つに綴具を取り付けるための取付部を形成され、前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を備え、前記取付部は、綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具の綴杆部を回動自在に貫挿させる貫挿孔を形成され、前記取付部の貫挿孔に貫挿された綴具の連結領域は、前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部の近傍に位置させて、前記綴杆の先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び綴杆の先端の綴杆係止部を離間させ、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成された、帳面である。
この発明の請求項5にかかる帳面においては、前記表紙体は、背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、前記取付部の貫挿孔は、表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部の間であって折曲部の近くに位置するように、綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成され、且つ前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成され、前記綴具は、表紙部の外側であって背表紙部に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材及び第2綴具部材の一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔に緩挿されて、取付部に取り付けられ、表紙体を閉じたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成された、請求項4に記載の帳面である。
この発明の請求項6にかかる帳面においては、前記取付部は、表紙体に形成された屈曲部において、一部を内方に向けて立ち上げられて構成され、立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、立ち上げられた取付部の高い領域が綴杆の内側に至り、綴具の綴杆部を開閉自在に貫挿されて、綴具を表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの外側面に取り付けられた、請求項4に記載の帳面である。
The book surface according to the present invention connects a front cover portion, a back cover portion, a cover body having a back cover portion interposed between the front cover portion and the back cover portion, a plurality of binding portions, and the binding portion. A binding region, a binding tool including a pivoting region serving as a center when opening and closing the binding that constitutes the binding portion, and an attachment member for attaching the binding device to the inside of a cover portion, The connecting area is formed by turning the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part along the binding part, turning about 360 degrees, and when closing, the front side and the back side of the leaves at both ends are The connecting region is connected to the base of the binding rod so as to face each other across the connecting region, and the attachment member includes a fixed portion and a deforming portion for fixing to the cover. It is possible to move the hook binding part of the bag in the longitudinal direction of the connecting area and disengage it. The binding portion is configured so that the binding portion and / or the connection region and / or the pivot region is rotatably inserted into the insertion hole of the deformation portion, and the cover portion can be turned approximately 360 degrees. A folding part for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region that becomes the center when opening and closing the binding rod constituting The connecting region of the binding tool and the fixed portion of the attachment member are located in the vicinity of the bent portion, and the leaf bound to the binding portion is wound along the binding and can be turned approximately 360 degrees. It is the book which is configured as follows.
In the book surface according to claim 2 of the present invention, the cover body is formed with a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine portion at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine portion. In the front cover part or the back cover part, a bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover part or the back cover part is formed at a position close to the back cover part, and the through hole of the mounting member is penetrated. The binding device loosely inserted into the insertion hole is located near the back cover portion, and the binding member is located near the bent portion when the cover body is turned approximately 360 degrees at the hinge portion and / or the bent portion. When the cover is closed, the cover is formed at a part to which the tool is attached and at least the width of the connecting area and / or the pivot area of the binding tool is between the bent part and / or the bent part. When the tool is located on the inner surface of the cover and the cover is opened, the binding The binding device is formed so as to be located near the bent portion that is bent away from the inner surface of the portion, and the binding device has a connection region and / or a pivot region near the inside of the cover body when the cover body is closed. The book according to claim 1, wherein the cover is attached to the deforming portion of the attachment member so as to be located near the bent portion outside the inside of the cover body when the cover body is opened. is there.
In the book according to claim 3 of the present invention, the deforming portion of the mounting member is constituted by a flat plate-like body or a cylindrical body raised inward from the boundary with the fixed portion. An insertion hole is formed in the region, and the binding portion and / or the connection region and / or the pivot region of the binding device are inserted in an openable / closable manner, and the raised region of the deformed portion is located inside the binding portion. The booklet according to claim 1, wherein the binding device is attached to the back cover part of the cover body or the inner surface near the back cover part.
The book surface according to claim 4 of the present invention includes a front cover portion, a back cover portion, a cover body having a back cover portion interposed between the front cover portion and the back cover portion, a plurality of binding portions, and the binding portion. A binding area for connecting the parts, a binding tool including a pivoting area serving as a center when opening and closing the binding that constitutes the binding part, and an attachment part for attaching the binding tool to the inside of the cover part The binding rod constituting the binding portion is provided at an appropriate interval in the longitudinal direction of each of the pair of coupling regions so that the pair of binding rods face each other from the outer side or the upper side of the coupling region. The binding hook is formed so as to open and close by moving in the longitudinal direction of the connecting area, and the connecting area includes a leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part. Turn along the staples, turn over approximately 360 degrees, and when closed, The connecting area is connected to a position close to the base of the binding so that the side can face the connecting area, and the cover body is any one of the front cover part, the back cover part, and the back cover part. An attachment portion for attaching the binding device is formed on one, and the cover portion is connected at the center when opening and closing the binding rod constituting the binding portion so that the cover portion can be turned approximately 360 degrees. A folding portion and / or a bending portion, which are continuously formed from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the region, for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold, An insertion hole is formed in the binding portion so that the binding portion of the binding device can be pivotally inserted so that the binding portion can be disengaged by moving the binding portion in the longitudinal direction of the connection region. The connecting region of the inserted binding tool is located in the vicinity of the bent portion and / or the bent portion. When the front ends of the bindings are closed together and when the binding ends of the bindings are separated, the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the leaf bound to the binding part are used as bindings. It is a book that can be turned along approximately 360 degrees.
In the book surface according to claim 5 of the present invention, the cover body is formed with a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine portion at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine portion. In the front cover part or the back cover part, a bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover part or the back cover part is formed at a position close to the back cover part. Formed at a portion to which the binding device can be attached so that the body is located between the facing cover portions and close to the bent portion when the body is turned approximately 360 degrees at the hinge portion and / or the bent portion; and It is formed between the bent portion and / or the bent portion with a space larger than the width of the connecting region and / or the pivot region of the binding device, and the binding device is outside the cover portion and the spine portion. One of the first binding member and the second binding member or On the other hand, when the cover body is closed by being loosely inserted into the through hole and attached to the attachment portion, the binding portion of the binding tool is located on the inner surface of the cover portion, and when the cover body is opened, The book surface according to claim 4, wherein the binding portion is formed so as to be positioned near a bent portion that is bent away from the inner surface of the cover portion.
In the notebook according to claim 6 of the present invention, the attachment portion is configured such that a part of the bent portion formed on the cover body is raised inward, and is inserted into the raised region. A hole is formed and the raised area of the mounting portion reaches the inside of the binding, and the binding portion of the binding tool is inserted in an openable / closable manner, so that the binding device can be opened or closed. The book according to claim 4, attached to an outer surface near

請求項1の発明によれば、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部材とを備え、前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、前記取付部材は、表紙に固定されるための定形部と変形部とを備え、綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を変形部の貫挿孔に回動自在に貫挿され、前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部を備え、前記綴具の連結領域及び取付部材の定形部は、前記折曲部の近傍に位置して、綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されているので、製造が容易で、比較的薄くでき、表紙とリーフとを略360度折り返しができ、リーフの差し換えをし易い帳面を提供することができる。
請求項2の発明によれば、前記表紙体は、背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、前記取付部材の貫挿孔は、貫挿孔に緩挿された綴具が背表紙部の近くに位置し且つ表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部の近くに位置するように綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体を閉じたときには綴具が表紙体の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成され、前記綴具は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体を閉じたときに表紙体の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体を開いたときに表紙体の内側から外れた外側で折曲部の近くに位置するように、取付部材の変形部に取り付けられているので、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができる。
請求項3の発明によれば、前記取付部材の変形部は、固定部との境界から、内方に向けて立ち上げられた平板状体又は筒状体により構成され、立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、綴具の綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を開閉自在に貫挿され、立ち上げられた変形部の高い領域が綴杆部の内側に至り、綴具が表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの内側面に取り付けられているので、表紙体を折り返したとき、その外側に取付部材を位置させることができる。
請求項4の発明によれば、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部とを備え、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆は、一対の綴杆が向き合うように、一対の連結領域の各々にその長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、連結領域の外側部ないし上側部から突設され、綴杆係止部が連結領域の長手方向に移動して開閉するように形成され、前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、前記表紙体は、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び背表紙部のうちいずれか1つに綴具を取り付けるための取付部を形成され、前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を備え、前記取付部は、綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具の綴杆部を回動自在に貫挿させる貫挿孔を形成され、前記取付部の貫挿孔に貫挿された綴具の連結領域は、前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部の近傍に位置させて、前記綴杆の先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び綴杆の先端の綴杆係止部を離間させ、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されているので、製造が容易で、比較的薄くでき、表紙とリーフとを略360度折り返しができ、リーフの差し換えをし易い帳面を提供することができる。
請求項5の発明によれば、前記表紙体は、背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、前記取付部の貫挿孔は、表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部の間であって折曲部の近くに位置するように、綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成され、且つ前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成され、前記綴具は、表紙部の外側であって背表紙部に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材及び第2綴具部材の一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔に緩挿されて、取付部に取り付けられ、表紙体を閉じたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成されているので、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができる。
請求項6の発明によれば、前記取付部は、表紙体に形成された屈曲部において、一部を内方に向けて立ち上げられて構成され、立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、立ち上げられた取付部の高い領域が綴杆の内側に至り、綴具の綴杆部を開閉自在に貫挿されて、綴具を表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの外側面に取り付けられているので、表紙体を折り返したとき、その外側に取付部材を位置させることができる。
According to the invention of claim 1, a front cover part, a back cover part, a cover body having a back cover part interposed between the front cover part and the back cover part, a plurality of binding parts, and the binding part A binding region for connection, a binding device including a pivot region serving as a center when opening and closing a binding rod constituting the binding portion, and an attachment member for attaching the binding device to the inside of the cover portion The connection area is formed by turning the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part along the binding part, turning approximately 360 degrees, and closing the leafs on the front and back sides at both ends. So that they can face each other across the connecting region, the connecting region is provided in a position close to the base of the binding, and the attachment member includes a fixed portion and a deforming portion for fixing to the cover. , So that the binding lock portion of the binding can be moved in the longitudinal direction of the connecting region so that it can be disengaged The binding portion is configured so that the binding portion and / or the connection region and / or the pivot region is rotatably inserted into the insertion hole of the deformation portion, and the cover portion can be turned approximately 360 degrees. A folding part for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region that becomes the center when opening and closing the binding rod constituting The connecting region of the binding tool and the fixed portion of the attachment member are located in the vicinity of the bent portion, and the leaf bound to the binding portion is wound along the binding and can be turned approximately 360 degrees. Since it is configured as described above, it is easy to manufacture, can be made relatively thin, and the cover and leaf can be folded back approximately 360 degrees, so that it is possible to provide a face that allows easy replacement of the leaf.
According to the invention of claim 2, the cover body is formed with a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine portion at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine portion, or In the back cover portion, a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover portion or the back cover portion is formed at a position close to the back cover portion, and the through hole of the mounting member is a through hole. Attach the binding tool so that the loosely-fitted binding tool is located near the spine and when the cover body is turned approximately 360 degrees at the hinge and / or folding part. When the cover sheet is closed with a space larger than the width of the connecting region and / or the pivot region of the binding tool between the bent portion and / or the bent portion, the binding tool is When the cover is located on the inner surface of the body, the binding tool is separated from the inner surface of the cover. The binding device is formed so as to be located near the bent portion, and the binding device has the connection region and / or the pivot region located near the inside of the cover body when the cover body is closed, and the cover sheet. Since it is attached to the deformed portion of the attachment member so that it is located near the bent portion outside the inside of the cover body when the body is opened, the front cover portion and / or the back cover portion and the binding The leaf bound to the part can be wound along the binding and turned over approximately 360 degrees.
According to invention of Claim 3, the deformation | transformation part of the said attachment member is comprised by the flat body or cylindrical body raised toward the inward from the boundary with a fixing | fixed part, and is in the area | region where it stood up. An insertion hole is formed, the binding portion and / or the connection region and / or the pivot region of the binding tool is inserted in an openable / closable manner, and the raised region of the deformed portion reaches the inside of the binding portion, Since the binding tool is attached to the back cover portion of the cover body or the inner surface near the back cover portion, when the cover body is folded, the attachment member can be positioned on the outside.
According to the invention of claim 4, a front cover part, a back cover part, a cover body having a back cover part interposed between the front cover part and the back cover part, a plurality of binding parts, and the binding part A binding region for connection, a binding device including a pivot region serving as a center when opening and closing the binding that constitutes the binding portion, and an attachment portion for attaching the binding device to the inside of the cover portion The bindings constituting the binding part project from the outer part or the upper part of the connection area at an appropriate interval in the longitudinal direction of each of the pair of connection areas so that the pair of bindings face each other. The binding hook locking part is formed to move in the longitudinal direction of the connection area so as to open and close, and the connection area binds the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part. And turn it approximately 360 degrees, and when closed, the front and back sides of the leaves at both ends are connected. In order to be able to face each other across the area, a connection area is continuously provided at a position close to the base of the binding, and the cover body is attached to any one of the front cover part, the back cover part, and the back cover part. An attachment portion for attaching the binding device is formed, and the cover portion can be turned approximately 360 degrees, so that the longitudinal direction of the connection region that becomes the center when opening and closing the binding device constituting the binding portion is formed. And a bent portion and / or a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold, which are continuously formed from the near side to the other side along the front side. An insertion hole is formed through which the binding portion of the binding tool is rotatably inserted so that the portion can be moved in the longitudinal direction of the connection region, and is inserted into the insertion hole of the attachment portion. The connecting region of the binding tool is located in the vicinity of the bent portion and / or the bent portion, When closing and closing the front ends of the staples and separating the staple anchoring portions at the tips of the staples, the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the leaf bound to the staple part are wound along the staples, Since it is configured so that it can be turned about 360 degrees, it is easy to manufacture, can be made relatively thin, can be folded back about 360 degrees between the cover and the leaf, and can provide a notebook that allows easy replacement of the leaf. it can.
According to the invention of claim 5, the cover body is formed with a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine portion at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine portion, or In the back cover portion, a bent portion and / or a bent portion extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover portion or the back cover portion is formed at a position close to the back cover portion, and the through hole of the attachment portion hinges the cover body. And / or the bent portion is formed at a portion to which the binding device is attached so as to be positioned between the facing cover portions when being turned approximately 360 degrees and close to the bent portion. Formed at a distance equal to or greater than the width of the connecting region and / or the pivot region of the binding device between the portion and / or the bent portion, and the binding device is located outside the cover portion and close to the spine portion Located in one or both of the first binding member and the second binding member. When the cover is closed, the binding portion of the binding tool is located on the inner surface of the cover portion, and when the cover body is opened, the binding portion of the binding tool is Since it is formed so as to be located near the bent part that is bent away from the inner surface of the part, the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part is wound along the binding part. It can be turned around 360 degrees.
According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, the attachment portion is configured such that a part of the bent portion formed on the cover body is raised inward, and a through hole is formed in the raised region. The high region of the raised attachment portion reaches the inside of the binding, and the binding portion of the binding tool is inserted so as to be openable and closable so that the binding tool is attached to the back cover portion of the cover body or near the spine portion. Since it is attached to the outer surface, the attachment member can be positioned on the outer side when the cover body is folded.

この発明の上述の目的,その他の目的,特徴及び利点は、図面を参照して行う以下の発明を実施するための最良の形態の説明から一層明らかとなろう。   The above object, other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description of the best mode for carrying out the invention with reference to the drawings.

この発明にかかる綴具を用いたノートの斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the notebook using the binding device concerning this invention. この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図であり、(A)は全体の図で、(B)は部分的に拡大した図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the binding tool concerning this invention, (A) is a whole figure, (B) is the figure expanded partially. この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図であり、(A)は全体の図で、(B)は部分的に拡大した図であり、(C)(D)は半割杆の図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the binding device concerning this invention, (A) is a whole figure, (B) is a figure which expanded partially, (C) (D) is a figure of half-split. 第1綴具部材の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of a 1st binding tool member. 第2綴具部材の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of a 2nd binding tool member. この発明にかかる綴具を分解した状態における斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure in the state which decomposed | disassembled the binding tool concerning this invention. 閉じた状態における綴具の正面図解図である。It is a front view solution figure of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の背面図解図である。It is a back view solution figure of the binding tool in the closed state. 図7A−A断面図解図である。FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional illustration of FIG. 7A-A. 図7B−B断面図解図である。FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional schematic view of FIG. 7B-B. 開き始めた状態における綴具の正面図解図である。It is a front illustration solution figure of the binding tool in the state which has begun to open. 開き始めた状態における綴具の背面図解図である。It is a back view solution figure of the binding tool in the state which has begun to open. 開いた状態における綴具の正面図解図である。It is a front illustration solution figure of the binding tool in the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の背面図解図である。It is a back view solution figure of the binding tool in the open state. 図13A−A断面図解図である。It is FIG. 13A-A sectional illustration solution. 図13B−B断面図解図である。It is FIG. 13B-B sectional illustration solution. ノートのリーフの開き方を示す断面図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態の図で、(B)は表紙体及びリーフを捲った状態の図である。It is sectional solution figure which shows how to open the leaf of a notebook, (A) is a figure of the closed state, (B) is a figure of the state which pinched the cover and the leaf. 表紙体を開いた状態の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the state which opened the cover body. 別の取付部材を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the cover body which shows another attachment member, and an attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the cover body which shows another attachment member, and an attachment member. 貫挿孔の側を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the through-hole side. 別の取付部材を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the cover body which shows another attachment member, and an attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the cover body which shows another attachment member, and an attachment member. 別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the cover body which shows another attachment member, and an attachment member. 別の弾発部材及びその弾発部材を第1及び第2綴具部材に取り付けられた状態における平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure in the state where another elastic member and the elastic member were attached to the 1st and 2nd binding tool member. 図28A図示綴具の断面図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態の断面図解図であり、(B)は開いた状態の断面図解図である。28A is a cross-sectional view of the binding device shown in FIG. 28A, (A) is a cross-sectional view of the closed state, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of the opened state. 更に別の弾発部材の正面図解図である。It is a front view solution figure of another elastic member. 図28A図示綴具の開き始めた状態における正面図解図である。FIG. 28B is an illustration of a front view in a state in which the binding device illustrated in FIG. 28A has begun to open. 図28A図示綴具の開いた状態における正面図解図である。It is a front view solution figure in the state where the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 28A is opened. この発明にかかる綴具を用いた手帳の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the notebook using the binding device concerning this invention. この発明にかかる綴具の全体の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the whole binding tool concerning this invention. この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the binding tool concerning this invention. この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図であり、(A)は全体の図で、(B)(C)は半割杆の図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of the binding tool concerning this invention, (A) is a whole figure, (B) (C) is a figure of a half crack. 第1綴具部材の斜視図解図であり、(A)は右側の図であり、(B)は左側の図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of a 1st binding tool member, (A) is a figure on the right side, (B) is a figure on the left side. 第2綴具部材の斜視図解図であり、(A)は右側の図であり、(B)は左側の図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of a 2nd binding tool member, (A) is a right view, (B) is a left view. この発明にかかる綴具を分解した状態における斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure in the state which decomposed | disassembled the binding tool concerning this invention. 第1綴具部材と第2綴具部材とを結合する方法を示す斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure which shows the method of couple | bonding a 1st binding member and a 2nd binding member. 閉じた状態における綴具の正面図解図である。It is a front view solution figure of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の背面図解図である。It is a back view solution figure of the binding tool in the closed state. 開いた状態における図37A−A部分断面図解図である。FIG. 37 is a partial cross-sectional view of FIG. 37A-A in the opened state. 開いた状態における図37B−B断面図解図である。FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional schematic view of FIG. 37B-B in the opened state. 開いた状態における図37C−C断面図解図である。It is 37C-C sectional solution figure in the open state. 開き始めた状態における綴具の正面図解図である。It is a front illustration solution figure of the binding tool in the state which has begun to open. 開き始めた状態における綴具の背面図解図である。It is a back view solution figure of the binding tool in the state which has begun to open. 図40A−A部分断面図解図である。FIG. 40A is a partial sectional schematic view of FIG. 40A-A. 図40B−B断面図解図である。FIG. 40B is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line B-B. 図40C−C断面図解図である。FIG. 40C is a cross-sectional schematic view of FIG. 40C-C. 手帳の断面図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態の図で、(B)は360度捲った状態の図である。It is sectional drawing solution of a notebook, (A) is a figure of the closed state, (B) is a figure of the state turned 360 degrees. 表紙体を開いた平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which opened the cover body. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 別の取付部を示す断面図解図である。It is a cross-sectional view solution figure which shows another attaching part. 別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the cover body which shows another attachment part. 綴具の変形例を示す斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure which shows the modification of a binding tool. 貫挿孔の変形例を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the modification of an insertion hole. 綴具の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of a binding tool. ノートの説明図であり、(A)は全体の図であり、(B)はリーフの図である。It is explanatory drawing of a notebook, (A) is a whole figure, (B) is a figure of a leaf.

この発明にかかる帳面の一種であるノート1000は、表表紙部1012と、裏表紙部1014と、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014との間に介在する背表紙部1016とを有する表紙体1010と、複数の綴杆部12、前記綴杆部12を連結するための連結部14、前記綴杆部12を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結部16を備える綴具10と、背表紙部1016の内側に取り付けるための取付部材140とを備える。   A notebook 1000 which is a kind of book according to the present invention has a cover body 1010 having a front cover portion 1012, a back cover portion 1014, and a spine cover portion 1016 interposed between the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014. And a binding device 10 including a plurality of binding portions 12, a connecting portion 14 for connecting the binding portions 12, and a pivoting portion 16 serving as a center when opening and closing the binding portions constituting the binding portion 12. And a mounting member 140 for mounting inside the spine portion 1016.

表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012と背表紙部1016との間に第1ヒンジ部1022を形成され、且つ裏表紙部1014と背表紙部1016との間に第2ヒンジ部1024を形成されている。
前記背表紙部1016は、表紙体1010及び綴杆部12に綴じられたリーフ1110を綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部12を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結部16に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って(高さ方向に)連続して形成された外側に折り曲げるための折曲部1020を備える。
第1ヒンジ部1022と第2ヒンジ部1024とは平行であり、第1ヒンジ部1022と折曲部1020とは平行である。
The front cover body 1010 has a first hinge portion 1022 formed between the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1016, and a second hinge portion 1024 formed between the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016. Yes.
The spine portion 1016 forms the binding portion 12 constituting the binding portion 12 so that the leaf 1110 bound to the cover portion 1010 and the binding portion 12 can be turned along the binding portion and turned approximately 360 degrees. And a bent portion 1020 for bending outwardly formed continuously from the near side to the far side (in the height direction) along the pivotal portion 16 that becomes the center when the door is opened and closed.
The first hinge part 1022 and the second hinge part 1024 are parallel to each other, and the first hinge part 1022 and the bent part 1020 are parallel to each other.

表紙体1010に取り付けられる綴具10は、複数の綴杆部12と、前記綴杆部12を連結するための連結部14と、前記綴杆部12を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結部16とを備える綴具10であって、綴杆部12を捩って閉じている綴杆部12を開くことができるように構成されている。
この綴具10は、綴具10の綴杆部12に沿ってリーフ1110を回転させて略360度広げること、すなわち綴杆部12に綴じられたリーフ1110を綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフ1110の表側と裏側とが枢結部16を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、構成されている。
The binding tool 10 attached to the cover body 1010 includes a plurality of binding parts 12, a connecting part 14 for connecting the binding parts 12, and a center when opening and closing the bindings constituting the binding part 12. The binding device 10 includes a pivoting portion 16 that is configured to be able to open the binding portion 12 that is closed by twisting the binding portion 12.
The binding device 10 rotates the leaf 1110 along the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10 to widen approximately 360 degrees. It is configured so that the front side and the back side of the leaf 1110 at both ends can face each other with the pivot part 16 sandwiched between the two sides when closed.

前記綴杆を開閉させるときの中心ののびる方向における一端又は両端の領域には、綴杆部12を構成する綴杆のうち対向する一方の複数の綴杆を、対向する他方の複数の綴杆の係止部から脱係させるために、同時に、中心ののびる方向に変位させる、押圧部110が突設されている。
この実施の形態においては、押圧部110は、連結部14の手前側に突設された円柱状体である。
In the region of one end or both ends in the direction in which the center extends when the binding is opened and closed, a plurality of opposing bindings among the bindings constituting the binding 12 are arranged, and the other plurality of bindings facing each other. In order to be disengaged from the locking portion, a pressing portion 110 is provided so as to be displaced in the direction in which the center extends.
In this embodiment, the pressing portion 110 is a columnar body that projects from the front side of the connecting portion 14.

前記綴杆部12を構成する綴杆は、一対の綴杆が向き合うように、前記連結部14を構成する一対の連結部14の各々にその長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、連結部14の外側部ないし上側部から突設され、前記綴杆部12は、前記枢結部16を中心にして左右に分かれた、対称形である第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を備える。
連結領域は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を構成する半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aを、隣接する半割杆20Aと半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aと半割杆30Aとの間に適宜な間隔をおいて並列して形成するように、半割杆20Aの間及び半割杆30Aの間に跨って形成されている。
前記連結部14は、前記枢結部16を中心にして左右に分かれた、対称形である第1連結部50及び第2連結部60を備え、第1連結部50及び第2連結部60は、向こう側から手前側に連続して長手方向に直線状にのびる略柱状である。
The binding rod constituting the binding portion 12 is connected to the connecting portion 14 with an appropriate interval in the longitudinal direction of each of the pair of connecting portions 14 constituting the connecting portion 14 so that the pair of binding staples face each other. The binding portion 12 includes a first binding rod 20 and a second binding rod 30 which are symmetrical and are divided into left and right with the pivot portion 16 as the center.
The connecting region includes the half-split bar 20A and the half-split bar 30A constituting the first binding bar 20 and the second binding bar 30, and the adjacent half-split bar 20A and half-split bar 20A and half-split bar 30A and half-split bar 30A. Are formed between the half-cuts 20A and between the half-cuts 30A so as to be formed in parallel at an appropriate interval.
The connecting part 14 includes a first connecting part 50 and a second connecting part 60 that are symmetrical with respect to the pivoting part 16 and that are divided into left and right. The first connecting part 50 and the second connecting part 60 are It is a substantially columnar shape extending linearly in the longitudinal direction continuously from the far side to the near side.

この実施の形態においては、第1綴杆20及び第1連結部50は、第1綴具部材18Aに形成され、第2綴杆30及び第2連結部60は、第2綴具部材18Bに形成され、第1綴具部材18Aと第2綴具部材18Bとは、対称形に形成されている。
枢結領域は、第1綴具部材18Aと第2綴具部材18Bとを枢結部16を中心にして連結し、綴杆部12を開閉するときの回転の中心となる領域として構成される。
In this embodiment, the first binding rod 20 and the first connecting portion 50 are formed on the first binding member 18A, and the second binding rod 30 and the second connecting portion 60 are connected to the second binding member 18B. The first binding member 18A and the second binding member 18B are formed symmetrically.
The pivoting region is configured as a region that is the center of rotation when the first binding member 18A and the second binding member 18B are connected to each other with the pivotal portion 16 as a center and the binding portion 12 is opened and closed. .

前記連結部14は、綴杆部12に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフ1110の表側と裏側とが枢結部16を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、下部において第1綴杆20の基部20a及び第2綴杆30の基部30aと近接した位置に枢結部16を連設されている。
前記枢結部16は、前記連結部14(第1連結部50と第2連結部60)の長手方向にのびて一対の連結部14(第1連結部50と第2連結部60と)を連結し、前記第1綴杆20の自由端20bと第2綴杆30の自由端30bとを合わせて閉鎖するとき及び第1綴杆20の自由端20bと第2綴杆30の自由端30bとを離間させるときに回転中心となり、綴杆部12に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されている。
The connecting portion 14 turns the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 12 along the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30, changes it 360 degrees, and closes the front side of the leaf 1110 at both ends when closed. The pivoting portion 16 is continuously provided at a position close to the base portion 20a of the first binding rod 20 and the base portion 30a of the second binding rod 30 in the lower part so that the back side can face the pivoting portion 16. Yes.
The pivoting portion 16 extends in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14 (the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60) and connects the pair of connecting portions 14 (the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60). When connected, the free end 20b of the first binding rod 20 and the free end 30b of the second binding rod 30 are closed together and when the free end 20b of the first binding rod 20 and the free end 30b of the second binding rod 30 are closed. The leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 12 is turned along the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 and can be turned 360 degrees. .

綴杆部12は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の連結部14に連設された基部20a及び基部30aとは反対側の自由端20b及び自由端30bに、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を閉鎖したときに係止するための綴杆係止部を形成されている。すなわち、第1綴杆20は、基部20aとは反対側の頂部である自由端20bに第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を形成され、第2綴杆30は、基部30aとは反対側の頂部である自由端30bに第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を形成されている。
綴杆部12は、基部20a及び基部30aから頂部に至る高さ方向(垂直方向)と、第1綴杆20の外周部(外側部)から第2綴杆30の外周部(外側部)に至る幅方向(水平方向)とを備え、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の厚さ(外周部と内周部との間の長さ)よりも、綴具の長さ方向における第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の幅の方が長い、断面長方形状である。そして、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30は、基部20a及び基部30aから頂部に至るまで、リーフ1110を捲ることができるように、リーフ1110の綴じ穴1112に貫挿される形状に構成されている。
前記第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32は、係止する第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の回転方向と交差する方向に、すなわち枢結部16の長手方向に第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を相対移動して、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の先端を合わせて閉鎖するときに係止し又は第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の先端を離間させるときに脱係するように形成されている。
すなわち、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が、枢結部16の長手方向に移動して開閉するように形成されている。
The binding portion 12 is connected to the first binding rod 20 at the free end 20b and the free end 30b opposite to the base portion 20a and the base portion 30a connected to the connecting portion 14 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30. And the staple binding part for latching when the 2nd staple 30 is closed is formed. That is, the first binding rod 20 is formed with the first binding rod binding portion 22 at the free end 20b on the opposite side of the base portion 20a, and the second binding rod 30 is opposite to the base portion 30a. The binding end 32 of the second binding rod is formed at the free end 30b which is the top portion on the side.
The binding portion 12 has a height direction (vertical direction) from the base portion 20a and the base portion 30a to the top portion, and from an outer peripheral portion (outer portion) of the first binding rod 20 to an outer peripheral portion (outer portion) of the second binding rod 30. Width direction (horizontal direction) to reach, the thickness in the length direction of the binding tool than the thickness of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 (the length between the outer peripheral portion and the inner peripheral portion). The first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 have a longer cross-sectional rectangular shape. And the 1st binding rod 20 and the 2nd binding rod 30 are comprised by the shape penetrated by the binding hole 1112 of the leaf 1110 so that the leaf 1110 can be wound from the base 20a and the base 30a to the top part. ing.
The binding binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are in a direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to be locked, that is, When the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are relatively moved in the longitudinal direction of the pivoting portion 16 and the leading ends of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are closed together, they are locked or first The first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are formed so as to be disengaged when they are separated from each other.
That is, the first and second staple binding portions 22 and 32 are formed so as to move in the longitudinal direction of the pivot 16 and open and close.

第1綴杆20は、閉じたときに略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の半割杆20Aから構成され、第2綴杆30は、閉じたときに略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の半割杆30Aから構成されている。
そして、リーフ1110に予め穿設された綴じ穴1112に挿通して、リーフ1110を綴じることができるように、半割杆20Aと半割杆30Aとの先端、すなわち第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の頂部において、綴杆係止部22,32が形成されている。
第1綴杆20を構成する半割杆20Aと第2綴杆30を構成する半割杆30Aとは、半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と、半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係止することにより、略円環状に連結される。
綴杆部12を閉じるときにおいては、第1綴杆20の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係合させて、略円環状となるように構成されている。
そして、綴杆部12を開くときにおいては、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とは、連結部14の長さ方向に第1綴杆20または第2綴杆30を変位させる。すなわち、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とは、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を脱係させるための押圧部110を指で押すことにより、連結部14の長さ方向において手前側から向こう側に相対移動させ、更に押圧部110を第1綴杆20から第2綴杆30の先端が離れる方向、すなわち裏表紙部1014の方向に回転させることにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を外すことができるように構成されている。
The first binding rod 20 is composed of a semicircular arc-shaped half split rod 20A so as to be a substantially annular binding rod when closed, and the second binding rod 30 is a substantially annular binding rod when closed. It is composed of a semicircular arc-shaped half split rod 30A so as to form a rod.
Then, the tips of the half-cut bar 20A and the half-cut bar 30A, that is, the first binding bar 20 and the second barb so that the leaf 1110 can be bound by being inserted into the binding hole 1112 previously drilled in the leaf 1110. At the top of the binding rod 30, binding binding portions 22 and 32 are formed.
The half split rod 20A constituting the first binding rod 20 and the half split rod 30A constituting the second binding rod 30 are the first binding rod binding portion 22 of the half split rod 20A and the half split rod 30A. The second binding rod is connected to the binding hook locking portion 32 to be connected in a substantially annular shape.
When closing the binding portion 12, the first binding rod binding portion 22 of the first binding rod 20 is engaged with the second binding rod binding portion 32 of the second binding rod 30. Thus, it is configured to have a substantially annular shape.
Then, when opening the binding portion 12, the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 displace the first binding rod 20 or the second binding rod 30 in the length direction of the connecting portion 14. That is, the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 point to the pressing portion 110 for disengaging the first binding rod binding portion 22 and the second binding rod binding portion 32. Is pushed relative to the other side in the length direction of the connecting portion 14, and the pressing portion 110 is further moved away from the first binding rod 20, that is, the back cover portion 1014. By rotating in this direction, the staple binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding latch portion 32 of the second binding rod can be removed.

第1綴杆20を構成する半割杆20Aの先端に形成された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を構成する先端の第1綴杆の凸部24及びその第1綴杆の凸部24に続く第1綴杆の凹部26と、第2綴杆30を構成する半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を構成する先端の第2綴杆の凸部34及びその先端の第2綴杆の凸部34に続く第2綴杆の凹部36とは、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
すなわち、第1綴杆20を構成する半割杆20Aの先端に形成された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を構成する第1綴杆の凸部24は、手前側に向けて突き出されている。そして、その第1綴杆の凸部24に続く第1綴杆の凹部26は、向こう側に向けて凹んでいる。半割杆30Aの先端に形成された第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を構成する第2綴杆の凸部34は、向こう側に向けて突き出されている。そして、その先端の第2綴杆の凸部34に続く第2綴杆の凹部36は、手前側に向けて凹んでいる。
第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを閉じたとき係合するように、第1綴杆の凸部24及び第1綴杆の凹部26と第2綴杆の凸部34及び第2綴杆の凹部36とは、逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を構成する第1綴杆の凸部24と半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を構成する第2綴杆の凸部34とは、反対方向に向けて突き出し設けられている。
また、半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を構成する第1綴杆の凹部26と半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を構成する第2綴杆の凹部36とは、反対方向に向けて凹み形成されている。
The convex portion 24 of the first binding rod at the tip constituting the binding binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the convexity of the first binding rod formed at the tip of the half split rod 20A constituting the first binding rod 20 The concave portion 26 of the first binding rod following the portion 24 and the convex portion 34 of the second binding rod at the tip constituting the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod 30A of the half split rod 30A constituting the second binding rod 30. And the concave portion 36 of the second binding rod following the convex portion 34 of the second binding rod at the tip thereof is directed in the opposite direction so as to be engaged when the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are closed. Protrusions or depressions are formed.
That is, the convex portion 24 of the first binding rod that forms the binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod formed at the tip of the half split rod 20A that constitutes the first binding rod 20 protrudes toward the front side. Has been. And the recessed part 26 of the 1st binding after the convex part 24 of the 1st binding is recessed toward the other side. The convex part 34 of the 2nd binding rod which comprises the binding binding part 32 of the 2nd binding rod formed in the front-end | tip of the half split rod 30A is protruded toward the other side. And the concave part 36 of the 2nd binding rod following the convex part 34 of the 2nd binding rod of the front-end | tip is dented toward the near side.
The first binding rod convex portion 24, the first binding rod convex portion 26, the second binding rod convex portion 34, and the second binding rod 20 are engaged with each other when the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are closed. The binding recess 36 is protruded or recessed in the opposite direction.
The first binding rod convex portion 24 constituting the first binding rod binding portion 22 of the half split rod 20A and the second binding rod constituting the second binding rod binding portion 32 of the half split rod 30A. The protrusion 34 is provided so as to protrude in the opposite direction.
Also, the first binding rod recess 26 constituting the first binding rod binding portion 22 of the half binding rod 20A and the second binding rod binding portion 32 constituting the half binding rod 30A. A concave portion 36 of the binding is formed in a concave direction.

前記第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の回転方向と交差する方向に脱係しないように、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の回転方向にのびる脱係防止部28及び脱係防止部38が形成されている。
脱係防止部28は、頂部側において手前側に向けて突き出る鉤鼻状係止凸部28aと、基部20a側において向こう側に向けて凹む係止凹部28bとを有し、自由端側の係止凸部28aから続いて基部20a側に係止凹部28bが形成されている。
脱係防止部38は、頂部側において向こう側に向けて突き出る鉤鼻状係止凸部38aと、基部30a側において手前側に向けて凹む係止凹部38bとを有し、自由端側の係止凸部38aから続いて基部30a側に係止凹部38bが形成されている。
第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを閉じたとき、脱係防止部28の係止凸部28aは脱係防止部38の係止凹部38bに嵌合され、脱係防止部38の係止凸部38aは脱係防止部28の係止凹部28bに嵌合され、係止凸部28aと係止凸部38aとは、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを回転方向に引いたときに、突き当たる。
第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22の脱係防止部28は、第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32の上部に向けて突き出され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係合したときに、第2綴杆30が上方に向けて衝撃などにより移動することを防止している。
第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32の脱係防止部38は、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22の上部に向けて突き出され、第2綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係合したときに、第1綴杆20が上方に向けて衝撃などにより移動することを防止している。
このように、この実施の形態においては、押圧部110を指で押すことにより、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30を手前側に移動させて、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができる。
なお、閉じるときにおいては、脱係防止部28の係止凸部28aと脱係防止部38の係止凸部38aとは、突き出たり滑りながら係止凹部38b及び係止凹部28bに嵌まるように、なだらかな傾斜面が自由端から形成されている。
The binding binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are not disengaged in a direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30. The disengagement prevention unit 28 and the disengagement prevention unit 38 extending in the rotation direction of the first and second binding rods 20 are formed.
The disengagement preventing portion 28 has a snare-like locking convex portion 28a protruding toward the front side on the top side, and a locking concave portion 28b recessed toward the far side on the base portion 20a side, and the locking on the free end side. A locking recess 28b is formed on the base 20a side following the protrusion 28a.
The disengagement preventing portion 38 has a snare-like locking convex portion 38a protruding toward the opposite side on the top side and a locking concave portion 38b recessed toward the near side on the base portion 30a side, and the locking on the free end side. A locking recess 38b is formed on the base 30a side following the protrusion 38a.
When the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are closed, the locking projection 28a of the disengagement preventing portion 28 is fitted into the locking recess 38b of the disengagement preventing portion 38, and the disengagement preventing portion 38 The locking projection 38a is fitted into the locking recess 28b of the disengagement preventing portion 28, and the locking projection 28a and the locking projection 38a rotate the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 in the rotation direction. When you pull it, it will hit you.
The disengagement prevention portion 28 of the first binding rod binding portion 22 protrudes toward the upper portion of the second binding rod binding portion 32, and the first binding rod binding portion 22 and When the staple binding portion 32 of the second staple is engaged, the second staple 30 is prevented from moving upward due to an impact or the like.
The disengagement preventing portion 38 of the second binding rod binding portion 32 is protruded toward the upper portion of the first binding rod binding portion 22 and the second binding rod binding portion 22 and The first binding rod 20 is prevented from moving upward due to an impact or the like when the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod is engaged.
As described above, in this embodiment, by pressing the pressing portion 110 with a finger, the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A is moved to the other side, and the second binding member of the second binding member 18B is moved. The binding 30 of the first binding rod 20 of the first binding rod 20 is moved to the near side, and the binding of the first binding rod 22 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod of the half binding rod 30A of the second binding rod 30 are moved. The engagement with the hook locking portion 32 can be released.
When closing, the locking convex portion 28a of the disengagement preventing portion 28 and the locking convex portion 38a of the disengagement preventing portion 38 fit into the locking concave portion 38b and the locking concave portion 28b while protruding or sliding. In addition, a gentle inclined surface is formed from the free end.

前記連結部14を構成する第1綴具部材18Aの第1連結部50は、第1連結部50と第2連結部60とが向き合う領域である第1連結部の対向部56と、前記第1連結部の対向部56と相対し第1綴杆20が突設された第1連結部の外側部52と、前記第1連結部の対向部56と第1連結部の外側部52との間において前記第1連結部の対向部56及び第1連結部の外側部52に交差する面で、枢結部16が連設された第1連結部の下側部58とを備える。
前記連結部14を構成する第2綴具部材18Bの第2連結部60は、第1連結部50と第2連結部60とが向き合う領域である第2連結部の対向部66と、前記第2連結部の対向部66と相対し第2綴杆30が突設された第2連結部の外側部62と、前記第2連結部の対向部66と第2連結部の外側部62との間において前記第2連結部の対向部66及び第2連結部の外側部62に交差する面で、枢結部16が連設された第2連結部の下側部68とを備える。
この実施の形態においては、第1連結部50及び第2連結部60は、略四角柱状である。
そして、第1連結部の対向部56と第2連結部の対向部66とは、回転方向と直交し綴具10を閉じたときに垂直にすなわち高さ方向にのびる平面であって、図9及び図10に示すように綴具10を閉じたときに密着するように形成されている。
The first connecting portion 50 of the first binding member 18A constituting the connecting portion 14 includes a first connecting portion facing portion 56 that is a region where the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60 face each other, and the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60. An outer portion 52 of the first connecting portion facing the opposing portion 56 of the first connecting portion and the first binding rod 20 projecting therefrom, and an outer portion 52 of the first connecting portion and the opposing portion 56 of the first connecting portion. A lower portion 58 of the first connecting portion, to which the pivot portion 16 is connected, is provided in a plane intersecting the opposing portion 56 of the first connecting portion and the outer portion 52 of the first connecting portion.
The second connecting portion 60 of the second binding member 18B constituting the connecting portion 14 includes an opposing portion 66 of the second connecting portion, which is a region where the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60 face each other, and the second connecting portion 60. An outer portion 62 of the second connecting portion opposite to the opposing portion 66 of the two connecting portions and the second binding rod 30 projecting from the opposing portion 66 of the second connecting portion and the outer portion 62 of the second connecting portion. A lower portion 68 of the second connecting portion having the pivot portion 16 connected to the opposite portion 66 of the second connecting portion and the outer portion 62 of the second connecting portion.
In this embodiment, the 1st connection part 50 and the 2nd connection part 60 are substantially square pillar shape.
The opposing portion 56 of the first connecting portion and the opposing portion 66 of the second connecting portion are planes that are perpendicular to the rotation direction and extend vertically, that is, in the height direction when the binding device 10 is closed. And as shown in FIG. 10, it forms so that it may closely_contact | adhere when the binding tool 10 is closed.

前記連結部14は、その側面に、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の開き角度をリーフ1110の挿入し易い角度、例えば約60〜70度に規制するための開き角規制部70及び開き角規制部72を形成されている。
第1綴具部材18Aの開き角規制部70は、第1連結部50の第1連結部の下側部58の第1受け部80に連続して形成された断面略半円弧状であり、第1連結部の下側部58から下方に向けてのびる接合面70aを備え、一方、第2綴具部材18Bの開き角規制部72は、第2連結部60の第2連結部の下側部68の第2受け部90に連続して形成された断面略半円弧状であり、第2連結部の下側部68から下方に向けてのびる接合面72aを備える。
そして、綴杆部12を閉じたときに、開き角規制部70の接合面70aと開き角規制部72の接合面72aとは、図9において示すように、略70度開いた傾斜面であって対向しており、綴杆部12を開いたときに、開き角規制部70の接合面70aと開き角規制部72の接合面72aとは、図15において示すように、接し合い、半割杆20Aと半割杆30Aの開き角度を、リーフ1110の挿入しや易い角度に規制する。
The connecting portion 14 has, on its side surface, an opening angle restricting portion 70 for restricting the opening angle of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to an angle at which the leaf 1110 can be easily inserted, for example, about 60 to 70 degrees. An opening angle restricting portion 72 is formed.
The opening angle restricting portion 70 of the first binding member 18A has a substantially semicircular cross section formed continuously with the first receiving portion 80 of the lower side portion 58 of the first connecting portion of the first connecting portion 50, The joint surface 70a extends downward from the lower portion 58 of the first connecting portion, while the opening angle restricting portion 72 of the second binding member 18B is below the second connecting portion of the second connecting portion 60. It has a substantially semicircular cross section formed continuously from the second receiving portion 90 of the portion 68, and includes a joint surface 72a extending downward from the lower portion 68 of the second connecting portion.
When the binding portion 12 is closed, the joining surface 70a of the opening angle restricting portion 70 and the joining surface 72a of the opening angle restricting portion 72 are inclined surfaces opened approximately 70 degrees as shown in FIG. When the binding portion 12 is opened, the joining surface 70a of the opening angle restricting portion 70 and the joining surface 72a of the opening angle restricting portion 72 are in contact with each other as shown in FIG. The opening angle of the scissors 20A and the half scissors 30A is restricted to an angle at which the leaf 1110 can be easily inserted.

前記枢結部16は、シャフト部100の受け部とシャフト部100とを備える。
受け部は、第1連結部50に連設された第1受け部80と第2連結部60に連設された第2受け部90とから構成され、前記シャフト部100は、前記連結部14の長手方向に沿って、向こう側から手前側に連続してのび、第1綴具部材18Aと第2綴具部材18Bとを連結する。
前記第1受け部80及び第2受け部90は、前記綴杆部12及び/又は連結部14に連設され、シャフト部100を装填するための開口部(第1受け部80の開口部84及び第2受け部90の開口部94)を側面に形成され、前記半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aの先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aの先端を離間させるときに回転中心となり、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されている。
The pivot part 16 includes a receiving part of the shaft part 100 and the shaft part 100.
The receiving part includes a first receiving part 80 connected to the first connecting part 50 and a second receiving part 90 connected to the second connecting part 60, and the shaft part 100 is connected to the connecting part 14. The first binding member 18A and the second binding member 18B are connected to each other along the longitudinal direction from the far side to the near side.
The first receiving portion 80 and the second receiving portion 90 are connected to the binding portion 12 and / or the connecting portion 14, and are an opening for loading the shaft portion 100 (an opening 84 of the first receiving portion 80). And the opening 94) of the second receiving portion 90 is formed on the side surface, and when the tips of the half-split 20A and half-split 30A are closed together, and the tips of the half-split 20A and half-split 30A are spaced apart. The leaf 1110 bound to the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 is sometimes turned as a center of rotation, and the leaf 1110 is wound along the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 and can be turned 360 degrees. Has been.

前記第1受け部80及び第2受け部90は、前記連結部14の長手方向に間欠的に形成され、半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aが前記シャフト部100を中心にして回転し且つ第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を開閉するときに長手方向に相対変移するように形成されている。   The first receiving portion 80 and the second receiving portion 90 are intermittently formed in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14, and the half split rod 20 </ b> A and the half split rod 30 </ b> A rotate around the shaft portion 100 and When the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are opened and closed, they are formed so as to be relatively displaced in the longitudinal direction.

前記シャフト部100は、断面円形の棒状の金属棒である。それに対応して、前記第1受け部80及び第2受け部90は、全体が弧状で、その内側の円弧部86及び円弧部96に前記シャフト部100を装填され、且つその外側の上部において、前記半割杆20A及び半割杆30Aの張り出し方向とは反対方向に張り出すように、前記連結部14が連設されている。
この実施の形態においては、シャフト部100と第1受け部80及び第2受け部90とは別部材であり、第1受け部80は、合成樹脂により、第1綴具部材18Aと一体に形成され、第2受け部90は、合成樹脂により、第2綴具部材18Bと一体に形成されている。
そして、シャフト部100は、第1綴具部材18Aの最も向こう側の第1受け部80から、第2綴具部材18Bの最も手前側の第2受け部90に至るように、形成されている。
The shaft portion 100 is a rod-shaped metal rod having a circular cross section. Correspondingly, the first receiving part 80 and the second receiving part 90 are arcuate as a whole, the inner circular arc part 86 and the circular arc part 96 are loaded with the shaft part 100, and on the outer upper part thereof, The connecting portion 14 is continuously provided so as to project in the direction opposite to the projecting direction of the half split bar 20A and the half split bar 30A.
In this embodiment, the shaft portion 100, the first receiving portion 80, and the second receiving portion 90 are separate members, and the first receiving portion 80 is formed integrally with the first binding member 18A from synthetic resin. The second receiving portion 90 is formed integrally with the second binding member 18B from synthetic resin.
The shaft portion 100 is formed so as to reach from the first receiving portion 80 on the farthest side of the first binding member 18A to the second receiving portion 90 on the most front side of the second binding member 18B. .

第1綴具部材18A側の第1受け部80は、シャフト部100に装填されたときに、隣接する第1受け部80の間に、第1収容部82を間欠的に形成され、第2綴具部材18B側の第2受け部90は、シャフト部100に装填されたときに、隣接する第2受け部90の間に、第2収容部92を間欠的に形成されている。
そして、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを閉鎖したときに、枢結部16の軸線上において、第1綴具部材18Aは、第1収容部82に第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90を収容させ、且つ、第2綴具部材18Bは、第2収容部92に第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80を収容させて、隣接する第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80と第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90との間及び隣接する第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90と第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80との間に適宜な間隔をあけて整列される。隣接する第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80と第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90との間及び隣接する第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90と第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80との間における適宜な間隔とは、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを連結部14の長手方向すなわち手前側及び向こう側に向けて相対移動させて、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを脱係させるに必要な長さをいう。
それとともに、第1綴具部材18Aと第2綴具部材18Bとは、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを開閉するときに半割杆20Aと半割杆30Aとを相対変移するように、前記シャフト部100に摺動自在に装填されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材18Bの2綴杆30を手前側に移動させて、閉じていた第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを開く。
この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材18Aの向こう側の第1受け部80の開口部84は、向こう側が塞がれている。又、第2綴具部材18Bの手前側の第2受け部90の開口部94は、手前側が塞がれている。従って、シャフト部100の向こう側端は向こう側の第1受け部80により抜け出ることを防止され、シャフト部100の手前側端は手前側の第2受け部90により抜け出ることを防止される。
When the first receiving portion 80 on the first binding tool member 18A side is loaded on the shaft portion 100, the first receiving portion 82 is intermittently formed between the adjacent first receiving portions 80, and the second When the second receiving portion 90 on the binding tool member 18 </ b> B side is loaded on the shaft portion 100, the second accommodating portion 92 is intermittently formed between the adjacent second receiving portions 90.
And when the 1st binding rod 20 and the 2nd binding rod 30 are closed, on the axis line of the pivoting portion 16, the first binding member 18A is placed in the first accommodating portion 82 of the second binding member 18B. The second receiving member 90 is accommodated, and the second binding member 18B accommodates the first receiving member 80 of the first binding member 18A in the second accommodating portion 92, and the adjacent first binding member 18A. Between the first receiving portion 80 of the second binding member 18B and the second receiving portion 90 of the second binding member 18B adjacent to the second receiving portion 90 of the second binding member 18B and the first receiving portion 80 of the first binding member 18A. Are arranged with an appropriate interval between them. Between the first receiving portion 80 of the adjacent first binding member 18A and the second receiving portion 90 of the second binding member 18B and between the second receiving portion 90 and the first binding portion of the adjacent second binding member 18B. The appropriate distance between the first receiving portion 80 of the member 18A is that the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are relatively moved toward the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14, that is, the near side and the far side. The length required to disengage the binding hook locking portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod.
At the same time, the first binding tool member 18A and the second binding tool member 18B relatively shift the half-split bar 20A and the half-split bar 30A when opening and closing the first binding bar 20 and the second binding bar 30. As described above, the shaft portion 100 is slidably loaded.
In this embodiment, the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A is moved to the far side and the two binding rods 30 of the second binding member 18B are moved to the front side to close the first binding Open the binding 20 and the second binding 30.
In this embodiment, the other side of the opening 84 of the first receiving portion 80 on the other side of the first binding member 18A is closed. The opening 94 of the second receiving portion 90 on the front side of the second binding member 18B is closed on the front side. Therefore, the far side end of the shaft portion 100 is prevented from being pulled out by the first receiving portion 80 on the far side, and the near side end of the shaft portion 100 is prevented from being pulled out by the second receiving portion 90 on the near side.

半割杆20Aの基部20aの外周部及び半割杆30Aの基部30aの外周部は、連結部14の下部と同じ位置に、その下部が位置するように形成され、枢結部16の第1受け部80の外側及び第2受け部90の外側は、連結部14の下部と同じ位置に、その上部が位置するように形成されている。
この実施の形態においては、枢結部16の第1受け部80は、開口部84が半割杆20Aの外周部に接し、枢結部16の第2受け部90は、開口部94が半割杆30Aの外周部に接し、第1連結部50は、半割杆20Aの内周部から第1受け部80の開口部84までの間の高さを有し、第2連結部60は、半割杆30Aの内周部から第2受け部90の開口部94までの間の高さを有している。
The outer peripheral part of the base part 20a of the half-cotton bar 20A and the outer peripheral part of the base part 30a of the half-cut hook part 30A are formed at the same position as the lower part of the connecting part 14 so that the lower part thereof is located. The outer side of the receiving part 80 and the outer side of the second receiving part 90 are formed so that the upper part is located at the same position as the lower part of the connecting part 14.
In this embodiment, the first receiving portion 80 of the pivoting portion 16 has the opening 84 in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the half-cotton 20A, and the second receiving portion 90 of the pivoting portion 16 has the half of the opening 94. The first connecting part 50 is in contact with the outer peripheral part of the cracker 30A, and has a height from the inner peripheral part of the half split part 20A to the opening 84 of the first receiving part 80, and the second connecting part 60 is The height between the inner peripheral portion of the half-cotton bar 30A and the opening 94 of the second receiving portion 90 is provided.

前記連結部14の幅(幅方向における)は、枢結部16の第1受け部80又は枢結部16の第2受け部90の幅(幅方向における)の2分の1以下である。これは、第1連結部50の幅と第2連結部60の幅とを合わせた幅が、枢結部16の第1受け部80及び枢結部16の第2受け部90の幅と同等又はそれ以下の方が、リーフ1110を360度捲りかえして、枢結部16を挟んでリーフ1110の表面と裏面とを比較的間隔をあけずに接し合わせることができるようにするためである。   The width (in the width direction) of the connecting portion 14 is equal to or less than half of the width (in the width direction) of the first receiving portion 80 of the pivoting portion 16 or the second receiving portion 90 of the pivoting portion 16. This is because the combined width of the first connecting part 50 and the second connecting part 60 is equal to the width of the first receiving part 80 of the pivoting part 16 and the second receiving part 90 of the pivoting part 16. Alternatively, the number less than that is to change the leaf 1110 360 degrees so that the front surface and the back surface of the leaf 1110 can be brought into contact with each other with relatively little space between them.

前記第1連結部50の中央あたりに存する前記第1綴具部材18Aの第1収容部82と前記第2連結部60の中央あたりに存する第2綴具部材18Bの第2収容部92との間に、前記シャフト部100の長手方向にテンション(引張力又は圧縮力)をかける弾発部材102が、圧縮された状態で介装されている。弾発部材102は、鋼線をコイル形に巻いて作られたコイルバネにより形成され、筒形のコイルバネの輪の中にシャフト部100を挿通されている。
そして、弾発部材102は、その向こう側端が第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90の手前側端に接し、その手前側端が第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80の向こう側端に接して、復元力(均一な)によって第1綴具部材18Aを手前側に押し下げ且つ第2綴具部材18Bを向こう側に押し上げるように構成されている。
而して、弾発部材102は、綴杆部12を閉じているときには、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係合させる方向に作用している。
押圧部110を指で押すことにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を外すときには、弾発部材102の弾発力に抗して第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材18Bの2綴杆30を手前側に移動させて、閉じていた第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを開く。
The first accommodating portion 82 of the first binding member 18A existing around the center of the first connecting portion 50 and the second accommodating portion 92 of the second binding member 18B existing around the center of the second connecting portion 60. An elastic member 102 that applies tension (tensile force or compressive force) in the longitudinal direction of the shaft portion 100 is interposed therebetween in a compressed state. The elastic member 102 is formed by a coil spring formed by winding a steel wire in a coil shape, and the shaft portion 100 is inserted into a ring of a cylindrical coil spring.
The elastic member 102 is in contact with the front end of the second receiving portion 90 of the second binding member 18B at the opposite end, and the front end of the first receiving portion 80 of the first binding member 18A. In contact with the far side end, the first binding member 18A is pushed down to the near side and the second binding member 18B is pushed up by the restoring force (uniform).
Thus, when the binding member 12 is closed, the elastic member 102 is in a direction in which the binding member 22 of the first binding member and the binding member 32 of the second binding member are engaged. It is working.
When the binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are removed by pressing the pressing portion 110 with a finger, the elastic force of the elastic member 102 is increased. Accordingly, the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A is moved to the other side, and the two binding rods 30 of the second binding member 18B are moved to the front side, thereby closing the first binding rod 20 closed. Open the second binding 30.

取付部材140は、表紙体1010に固定される定形部142と、綴具10を取り付ける領域となる変形部144とを備え、熱溶着可能な熱可塑性樹脂で一体成形されている。
定形部142は、裏表紙部1014の長さと略同じかそれより僅かに短い長さと、熱溶着されるに適する短い幅とを備える、薄板状である。
The attachment member 140 includes a fixed portion 142 that is fixed to the cover body 1010 and a deformable portion 144 that is a region to which the binding device 10 is attached, and is integrally formed with a thermoplastic resin that can be heat-welded.
The fixed portion 142 has a thin plate shape having a length substantially equal to or slightly shorter than the length of the back cover portion 1014 and a short width suitable for heat welding.

前記定形部142は、裏表紙部1014に形成された折曲部1020に沿って、前記定形部142の固定面を裏表紙部1014の内側面に、熱溶着により固着されている。定形部142と変形部144との境界146は、直線状であり、折曲部1020に平行になるように形成されている。   The fixed portion 142 is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014 by heat welding along the bent portion 1020 formed on the back cover portion 1014. A boundary 146 between the fixed portion 142 and the deformable portion 144 is linear and is formed to be parallel to the bent portion 1020.

変形部144は、定形部142の幅方向に突設されている。
変形部144は、折曲部1020から綴具10の綴杆部12の中央に至る幅を備え、その中央に綴杆部12を貫挿するための貫挿孔148を穿設されている。
変形部144は、屈曲部150を構成する境界146から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、境界146とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔148より離れた側を、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30との間で連結部14及び枢結部16の上方に位置させる。
変形部144は、綴具10の綴杆部12の数に対応した数の貫挿孔148を、並列された綴杆部12の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aを貫挿される。
The deformable portion 144 protrudes in the width direction of the fixed shape portion 142.
The deformable portion 144 has a width extending from the bent portion 1020 to the center of the binding portion 12 of the binding tool 10, and a through hole 148 for inserting the binding portion 12 is formed in the center thereof.
The deformable portion 144 rises from the boundary 146 constituting the bent portion 150 toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the boundary 146, that is, a side away from the through hole 148, And the second binding rod 30 are positioned above the connecting portion 14 and the pivot portion 16.
The deforming portion 144 has a number of through holes 148 corresponding to the number of the binding portions 12 of the binding device 10 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 12, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 30A of the second binding bar 30 located on the other side is inserted.

定形部142は、綴具10の表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016に連設された側とは反対側)すなわち背表紙部1016より遠い側に位置して裏表紙部1014の内面に固定され、変形部144は、背表紙部1016側に向けて斜め上方に伸びる。
そして、貫挿孔148は、定形部142に近い側に位置した第2綴杆30に貫挿されて、綴具10を表紙体1010に取り付ける。
而して、綴具10は、背表紙部1016の内側において、枢結部16を背表紙部1016に沿わせて取り付けられ、定形部142が綴具10の第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30の側部に並列される。
The fixed portion 142 is located on the free end side of the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 of the binding device 10 (on the side opposite to the side continuous with the spine portion 1016), that is, on the side farther from the spine portion 1016. It is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014, and the deformable portion 144 extends obliquely upward toward the back cover portion 1016 side.
And the penetration hole 148 is penetrated by the 2nd binding rod 30 located in the side close | similar to the fixed form part 142, and attaches the binding tool 10 to the cover body 1010. FIG.
Thus, the binding tool 10 is attached inside the spine cover portion 1016 with the pivot portion 16 along the spine cover portion 1016, and the fixed shape portion 142 is the second of the second binding member 18B of the binding tool 10. It is juxtaposed to the side of the binding 30.

貫挿孔148は、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができるように、変形部144の長手方向(すなわち枢結部16の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔148は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔148は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには細い第1綴杆20(又は第2綴杆30)に位置する領域を狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには太い枢結部16(又は連結部14)に位置する領域を、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 148 moves the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A to the other side, and the second binding pin 22 of the first binding rod 20A of the half binding rod 20A of the first binding rod 20 and the second one. In the longitudinal direction of the deformable portion 144 (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 16) so that the engagement between the half-split 30A of the binding rod 30 and the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod can be released. The length is formed.
The through hole 148 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
The insertion hole 148 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in a region located on the thin first binding rod 20 (or the second binding rod 30) when the cover body 1010 is closed. When the is opened, a region located in the thick pivoting portion 16 (or the connecting portion 14) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔148は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を枢結部16のシャフト部100の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔148と貫挿孔148との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具10の綴杆部12を枢結部16を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
境界146と貫挿孔148との間隔は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、変形部144の長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
綴具10は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具10の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部144の下方であって裏表紙部1014の内側と変形部144の下側面との間に位置させ、第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30を背表紙部1016に近い側に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
The through hole 148 is formed by connecting the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to the shaft portion of the pivot portion 16. 100 so that it can be moved in the longitudinal direction of 100 and can be disengaged by arranging a gap between adjacent through-holes 148 and inserting holes 148 so that the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10 is connected to the pivot 16. It is inserted through the center so that it can be opened and closed.
The interval between the boundary 146 and the insertion hole 148 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020, the cover body 1010 is turned to the outer surface, and the outer surface is faced. When it does, it is comprised in the length which the pivoting part 16 of the binding tool 10 can be located in the outer side of the bending part 1020.
Also, the length of the deformable portion 144 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020, and the cover body 1010 is flattened with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivotal portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020.
The binding device 10 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connecting region and the pivot region of the binding device 10 are below the deforming portion 144 and inside the back cover portion 1014. It is positioned between the lower surface of the deformable portion 144 and the second binding rod 30 of the second binding member 18B is positioned on the side close to the spine portion 1016 and attached to the back cover portion 1014.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、裏表紙部1014において、背表紙部1016に近い位置に、裏表紙部1014の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部材140の貫挿孔148は、貫挿孔148に緩挿された綴具10が背表紙部1016の近くに位置し且つ表紙体1010を折曲部1020において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部1020の近くに位置するように綴具10を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、屈曲部150を構成する境界146との間に綴具10の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体1010を閉じたときには綴具10が表紙体1010の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具10が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
前記綴具10は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体1010を閉じたときに表紙体1010の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体1010を開いたときに表紙体1010の内側から外れた外側で折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、取付部材140の変形部144に取り付けられている。
変形部144は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具10は、その枢結部16が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部12の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が遠くで、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the back cover portion 1014. Yes.
The insertion hole 148 of the mounting member 140 is formed when the binding device 10 loosely inserted into the insertion hole 148 is positioned near the spine portion 1016 and the cover body 1010 is turned approximately 360 degrees at the bent portion 1020. And is formed at a portion where the binding device 10 is attached so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020, and the connection region and / or the pivot region of the binding device 10 is formed between the boundary 146 constituting the bending portion 150. When the cover body 1010 is closed with an interval greater than the width, the binding tool 10 is positioned on the inner surface of the cover body 1010, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding tool 10 is attached to the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover). Part 1014 and spine part 1016) are formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface.
The binding tool 10 has a connection region and / or a pivot region located near the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is closed, and from the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is attached to the deformed portion 144 of the attachment member 140 so as to be located near the bent portion 1020 on the outside.
The deforming portion 144 is outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened, or on the extended surface, and the cover body 1010 in the flat state. It extends almost parallel to or obliquely outward.
The binding device 10 has a pivotal portion 16 near the cover body 1010, a binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 12 and a binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are distant, It is arranged outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line or the extended surface of the flat cover body 1010 that has been flattened.

綴具10に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図17において示すように、枢結部16側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢結部16を挟んで向かい合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 17, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding tool 10 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivoting portion 16 and are closed and stacked. The front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like so as to face each other with the pivot 16 interposed therebetween.

取付部材2240は、次のように構成してもよい。
図19は、別の取付部材を示す断面図解図であり、図20は、別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。
取付部材2240は、表紙体1010に固定される定形部2242と、綴具10を取り付ける領域となる変形部2244とを備え、熱溶着可能な熱可塑性樹脂で一体成形されている。
定形部2242は、裏表紙部1014の長さと略同じかそれより僅かに短い長さと、熱溶着されるに適する短い幅とを備える、薄板状である。
The attachment member 2240 may be configured as follows.
FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing another mounting member, and FIG. 20 is a plan view showing the cover body and the mounting member showing another mounting member.
The attachment member 2240 includes a fixed shape portion 2242 fixed to the cover body 1010 and a deformation portion 2244 to be a region to which the binding device 10 is attached, and is integrally formed with a thermoplastic resin that can be thermally welded.
The fixed shape portion 2242 has a thin plate shape having a length substantially equal to or slightly shorter than the length of the back cover portion 1014 and a short width suitable for heat welding.

前記定形部2242は、裏表紙部1014に形成された折曲部1020に沿って、前記定形部2242の固定面を裏表紙部1014の内側面に、熱溶着により固着されている。定形部2242と変形部2244との境界2246は、直線状であり、折曲部1020に平行になるように形成されている。   The fixed portion 2242 has a fixed surface of the fixed shape portion 2242 fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014 along the bent portion 1020 formed on the back cover portion 1014 by heat welding. A boundary 2246 between the fixed portion 2242 and the deformable portion 2244 is linear and is formed to be parallel to the bent portion 1020.

変形部2244は、定形部2242の幅方向に突設されている。
変形部2244は、折曲部1020から綴具10の綴杆部12の中央に至る幅を備え、その中央に綴杆部12を貫挿するための貫挿孔2248を穿設されている。
変形部2244は、屈曲部2250を構成する境界2246から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、境界2246とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔2248より離れた側を、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30との間で連結部14及び枢結部16の上方に位置させる。
変形部2244は、綴具10の綴杆部12の数に対応した数の貫挿孔2248を、並列された綴杆部12の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aを貫挿される。
The deformation part 2244 is provided so as to project in the width direction of the fixed part 2242.
The deformation portion 2244 has a width extending from the bent portion 1020 to the center of the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10, and a through hole 2248 for inserting the binding portion 12 is formed in the center thereof.
The deformable portion 2244 rises from the boundary 2246 constituting the bent portion 2250 toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the boundary 2246, that is, the side away from the through hole 2248 is the first binding rod 20. And the second binding rod 30 are positioned above the connecting portion 14 and the pivot portion 16.
The deformable portion 2244 has a number of through-holes 2248 corresponding to the number of the binding portions 12 of the binding device 10 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 12, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 30A of the second binding bar 30 located on the other side is inserted.

定形部2242は、綴具10の背表紙部1016側に位置し、裏表紙部1014の内面に固着され、変形部2244は、綴具10の表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016に連設された側とは反対側)に向けて斜め上方に伸びる。
折曲部1020は、綴具10の連結部14より背表紙部1016側に位置して形成されている。
そして、貫挿孔2248は、背表紙部1016に近い側に位置した第1綴杆20に貫挿されて、綴具10を表紙体1010に取り付ける。
而して、綴具10は、背表紙部1016の内側において、枢結部16を背表紙部1016に沿わせて取り付けられ、定形部2242が綴具10の第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20の側部に並列される。
The fixed shape portion 2242 is located on the back cover portion 1016 side of the binding device 10 and is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014. The deformation portion 2244 is the free end side of the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 of the binding device 10. It extends obliquely upward (to the side opposite to the side continuously provided on the spine portion 1016).
The bent portion 1020 is formed on the spine portion 1016 side from the connecting portion 14 of the binding device 10.
And the penetration hole 2248 is penetrated by the 1st binding rod 20 located in the side close | similar to the spine cover part 1016, and attaches the binding tool 10 to the cover body 1010. FIG.
Thus, the binding device 10 is attached inside the spine portion 1016 with the pivot portion 16 along the spine portion 1016, and the fixed shape portion 2242 is the first binding member 18 </ b> A of the binding device 10. It is juxtaposed to the side of the binding 20.

貫挿孔2248は、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができるように、変形部2244の長手方向(すなわち枢結部16の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
前記貫挿孔2248は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を枢結部16のシャフト部100の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔2248と貫挿孔2248との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具10の綴杆部12を枢結部16を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
境界2246と貫挿孔2248との間隔は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、変形部2244の長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
綴具10は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具10の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部2244の下方であって裏表紙部1014の内側と変形部2244の下側面との間に位置させ、第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30を背表紙部1016に近い側に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
The insertion hole 2248 moves the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A to the other side, and the second binding binding portion 22 and the second binding portion 22 of the first binding rod 20A of the first binding rod 20 are provided. In the longitudinal direction of the deformable portion 2244 (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivoting portion 16) so that the engagement between the half-split 30A of the binding rod 30 and the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod can be released. The length is formed.
The through hole 2248 is formed by connecting the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to the shaft portion of the pivot portion 16. 100, the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10 is connected to the pivot 16 by arranging a gap between the adjacent insertion holes 2248 and the insertion holes 2248 so that they can be disengaged by moving in the longitudinal direction. It is inserted through the center so that it can be opened and closed.
The interval between the boundary 2246 and the insertion hole 2248 is such that, at the bent portion 1020, the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back so that the front cover body 1010 has the inner surface on the outer side and the outer surface is faced. When it does, it is comprised in the length which the pivoting part 16 of the binding tool 10 can be located in the outer side of the bending part 1020.
Further, the length of the deformable portion 2244 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded at the bent portion 1020 so that the cover body 1010 has a flat plate shape with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivotal portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020.
The binding device 10 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connecting region and the pivot region of the binding device 10 are below the deformation portion 2244 and inside the back cover portion 1014. It is located between the lower surface of the deformable portion 2244 and the second binding rod 30 of the second binding member 18B is positioned on the side close to the spine portion 1016 and is attached to the back cover portion 1014.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、裏表紙部1014において、背表紙部1016に近い位置に、裏表紙部1014の長手方向にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部材2240の貫挿孔2248は、貫挿孔2248に緩挿された綴具10が背表紙部1016の近くに位置し且つ表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び/又は折曲部1020において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部1020の近くに位置するように綴具10を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、屈曲部2250を構成する境界2246との間に綴具10の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体1010を閉じたときには綴具10が表紙体1010の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具10が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
前記綴具10は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体1010を閉じたときに表紙体1010の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体1010を開いたときに表紙体1010の内側から外れた外側で折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、取付部材2240の変形部2244に取り付けられている。
変形部2244は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具10は、その枢結部16が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部12の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が遠くで、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the longitudinal direction of the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the back cover portion 1014.
The through hole 2248 of the mounting member 2240 has the binding device 10 loosely inserted into the through hole 2248 positioned near the spine portion 1016 and the cover body 1010 as the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and the like. And / or a boundary 2246 that forms the bent portion 2250 and is formed at a portion where the binding device 10 can be attached so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 when the bent portion 1020 is turned approximately 360 degrees. When the cover body 1010 is closed with an interval equal to or greater than the width of the connecting area and / or the pivot area of the binding tool 10, the binding tool 10 is positioned on the inner surface of the cover body 1010 and when the cover body 1010 is opened, The binding device 10 is formed so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 that is bent away from the inner surface of the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016). To have.
The binding tool 10 has a connection region and / or a pivot region located near the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is closed, and from the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is attached to the deformed portion 2244 of the attachment member 2240 so as to be located near the bent portion 1020 on the outside.
The deformable portion 2244 is outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened, or on the extended surface, and the cover body 1010 in the flat state. It extends almost parallel to or obliquely outward.
The binding device 10 has a pivotal portion 16 near the cover body 1010, a binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 12 and a binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are distant, It is arranged outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line or the extended surface of the flat cover body 1010 that has been flattened.

綴具10に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図19において示すように、枢結部16側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢結部16を挟んで向かい合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 19, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding device 10 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivoting portion 16 side, and are closed and stacked. The front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like so as to face each other with the pivot 16 interposed therebetween.

図21は、別の取付部材を示す断面図解図であり、図22は、別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。
取付部材2340は、表紙体1010に固定される定形部2342と、綴具10を取り付ける領域となる変形部2344とを備え、熱溶着可能な熱可塑性樹脂で一体成形されている。
定形部2342は、裏表紙部1014の長さと略同じかそれより僅かに短い長さと、熱溶着されるに適する短い幅とを備える、薄板状である。
FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view illustrating another mounting member, and FIG. 22 is a plan view illustrating the cover body and the mounting member illustrating another mounting member.
The attachment member 2340 includes a fixed portion 2342 that is fixed to the cover body 1010 and a deformable portion 2344 that is a region to which the binding device 10 is attached, and is integrally formed of a thermoplastic resin that can be heat-welded.
The fixed portion 2342 has a thin plate shape having a length substantially the same as or slightly shorter than the length of the back cover portion 1014 and a short width suitable for heat welding.

前記定形部2342は、裏表紙部1014に高さ方向において形成された折曲部1020に沿って、前記定形部2342の固定面を裏表紙部1014の内側面に、熱溶着により固着されている。定形部2342と変形部2344との境界2346は、直線状であり、折曲部1020に平行になるように形成されている。   The fixed portion 2342 is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014 by heat welding along the bent portion 1020 formed in the height direction on the back cover portion 1014. . A boundary 2346 between the fixed portion 2342 and the deformable portion 2344 is linear and is formed to be parallel to the bent portion 1020.

変形部2344は、定形部2342の幅方向に突設されている。
変形部2344は、折曲部1020から綴具10の綴杆部12の中央に至る幅を備え、その中央に綴杆部12を貫挿するための貫挿孔2348を穿設されている。
変形部2344は、屈曲部2350を構成する境界2346から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、境界2346とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔2348より離れた側を、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30との間で連結部14及び枢結部16の上方に位置させる。
変形部2344は、綴具10の綴杆部12の数に対応した数の貫挿孔2348を、並列された綴杆部12の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aを貫挿される。
The deformable portion 2344 is provided so as to protrude in the width direction of the fixed shape portion 2342.
The deformable portion 2344 has a width extending from the bent portion 1020 to the center of the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10, and a through hole 2348 for inserting the binding portion 12 is formed in the center thereof.
The deforming portion 2344 rises from the boundary 2346 constituting the bent portion 2350 toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the boundary 2346, that is, the side away from the insertion hole 2348, And the second binding rod 30 are positioned above the connecting portion 14 and the pivoting portion 16.
The deforming portion 2344 has a number of through-holes 2348 corresponding to the number of the binding portions 12 of the binding device 10 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 12 and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 30A of the second binding bar 30 located on the other side is inserted.

変形部2344は、横断面L字形に屈曲されている。
定形部2342は、綴具10の表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の自由端側すなわち背表紙部1016より遠い側に位置して裏表紙部1014の内面に固着される。
The deformable portion 2344 is bent into an L-shaped cross section.
The fixed portion 2342 is located on the free end side of the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 of the binding device 10, that is, on the side farther from the spine portion 1016, and is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014.

この実施の形態においては、変形部2344は、横断面V字形に屈曲され、背表紙部1016側の第1変形部2344Aと定形部2342側の第2変形部2344Bとを形成されている。第1変形部2344Aと第2変形部2344Bとの間に屈曲部2350を構成する第1屈曲部2350Aを形成され、第2変形部2344Bと定形部2342との間の屈曲部(第2屈曲部2350B)を構成する境界2346は、第1屈曲部2350Aと平行である。
変形部2344は、第1変形部2344Aと第2変形部2344Bとの間に形成された第1屈曲部2350Aを綴具10の連結領域の上方に位置させ、背表紙部1016側の第1変形部2344Aは、第1屈曲部2350Aで第2変形部2344Bとの間を折り曲げられて、裏表紙部1014の自由端側の定形部2342は、境界2346で第2変形部2344Bとの間を折り曲げられて裏表紙部1014の折曲部1020の近傍に固着され、綴具10を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
第1変形部2344Aの第1貫挿孔2348Aは、背表紙部1016に近い側に位置した第1綴杆20に貫挿され、第2変形部2344Bの第2貫挿孔2348Bは、裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016とは反対側)に近い側に位置した第2綴杆30に貫挿される。
而して、綴具10は、背表紙部1016の内側において、枢結部16を背表紙部1016に沿わせて取り付けられ、定形部2342が綴具10の第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30の側部であって裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016とは反対側)に並列される。
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 2344 is bent into a V-shaped cross section, and a first deformable portion 2344A on the spine cover portion 1016 side and a second deformable portion 2344B on the fixed shape portion 2342 side are formed. A first bent portion 2350A constituting a bent portion 2350 is formed between the first deformable portion 2344A and the second deformable portion 2344B, and a bent portion (second bent portion) between the second deformable portion 2344B and the shaped portion 2342 is formed. 2350B) is parallel to the first bend 2350A.
The deforming portion 2344 positions the first bent portion 2350A formed between the first deforming portion 2344A and the second deforming portion 2344B above the connecting region of the binding device 10, and the first deforming portion on the spine cover portion 1016 side. The portion 2344A is bent between the first deformed portion 2350A and the second deformable portion 2344B, and the shaped portion 2342 on the free end side of the back cover portion 1014 is bent between the second deformable portion 2344B at the boundary 2346. Then, it is fixed to the vicinity of the bent portion 1020 of the back cover portion 1014, and the binding tool 10 is attached to the cover body 1010.
The first insertion hole 2348A of the first deformation portion 2344A is inserted into the first binding rod 20 located on the side closer to the spine cover portion 1016, and the second insertion hole 2348B of the second deformation portion 2344B is inserted into the back cover. It is inserted into the second binding rod 30 located on the side closer to the free end side of the portion 1014 (the side opposite to the spine portion 1016).
Thus, the binding device 10 is attached along the spine cover portion 1016 inside the spine portion 1016, and the fixed shape portion 2342 is the second of the second binding member 18 </ b> B of the binding device 10. It is juxtaposed to the side of the binding 30 and the free end of the back cover 1014 (the side opposite to the spine 1016).

貫挿孔2348は、第1綴具部材18A側の第1変形部2344Aに穿設された第1貫挿孔2348Aと第2綴具部材18B側の第2変形部2344Bに穿設された第2貫挿孔2348Bとを備えており、第1貫挿孔2348Aと第2貫挿孔2348Bとは、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができるように、変形部2344の長手方向(すなわち枢結部16の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
前記貫挿孔2348は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を枢結部16のシャフト部100の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔2348と貫挿孔2348との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具10の綴杆部12を枢結部16を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
The through hole 2348 has a first through hole 2348A drilled in the first deformable portion 2344A on the first binding member 18A side and a second deformed portion 2344B on the second binding member 18B side. 2 through holes 2348B, the first through hole 2348A and the second through hole 2348B move the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A to the other side, and the first binding rod It is possible to disengage the first staple binding portion 22 of the 20 half split bar 20A and the second staple binding portion 32 of the second half clamp 30A of the second binding rod 30. Thus, the length of the deformable portion 2344 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivoting portion 16) is formed.
The through hole 2348 is formed by connecting the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to the shaft portion of the pivot portion 16. 100, the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10 is connected to the pivot portion 16 by arranging a gap between the adjacent insertion holes 2348 and 2348 so that they can be disengaged by moving in the longitudinal direction. It is inserted through the center so that it can be opened and closed.

貫挿孔2348は、図23において示すように、第1貫挿孔2348Aと第2貫挿孔2348Bとの間において変形部2344の長手方向における長さを変更してもよい。第1貫挿孔2348Aは、開閉時に移動する第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの移動を許容する広い幅とし、第2貫挿孔2348Bは、第1貫挿孔2348Aより狭い幅とした、平面視略L字形に形成されている。
境界2346と第2貫挿孔2348Bとの間隔並びに屈曲部2350及び第1変形部2344Aの自由端縁と第1貫挿孔2348Aとの間隔は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、変形部2344の長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置でき且つ枢結部16の外側に第1屈曲部2350Aが位置できる長さに構成されている。
綴具10は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具10の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部2344の第1屈曲部2350Aの下方であって裏表紙部1014の内側と変形部2344の下側面との間に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
As shown in FIG. 23, the through hole 2348 may change the length of the deformed portion 2344 in the longitudinal direction between the first through hole 2348A and the second through hole 2348B. The first insertion hole 2348A has a wide width that allows movement of the half-split bar 20A of the first binding rod 20 that moves during opening and closing, and the second insertion hole 2348B has a narrower width than the first insertion hole 2348A. In a plan view, it is formed in a substantially L shape.
The distance between the boundary 2346 and the second insertion hole 2348B and the distance between the bent portion 2350 and the free end edge of the first deforming portion 2344A and the first insertion hole 2348A are as follows. When the cover portion 1014 is folded and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate shape with the inner surface on the outer side and the outer surface facing each other, the length at which the pivoting portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be positioned on the outer side of the bent portion 1020 It is configured.
In addition, the length of the deformable portion 2344 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded at the bent portion 1020 so that the cover body 1010 has a flat plate shape with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivotal portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020 and the first bent portion 2350 </ b> A can be positioned outside the pivotal portion 16.
The binding device 10 is attached to a position inside the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection region and the pivot region of the binding device 10 are below the first bent portion 2350A of the deformable portion 2344 and back. Attached to the back cover portion 1014 so as to be positioned between the inside of the cover portion 1014 and the lower surface of the deformable portion 2344.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、裏表紙部1014において、背表紙部1016に近い位置に、裏表紙部1014の長手方向にのびる折曲部1020及び第2屈曲部2350Bを形成されている。
前記取付部材2340の貫挿孔2348は、貫挿孔2348に緩挿された綴具10が背表紙部1016の近くに位置し且つ表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び/又は折曲部1020において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部1020の近くに位置するように綴具10を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、屈曲部2350との間に綴具10の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体1010を閉じたときには綴具10が表紙体1010の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具10が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
前記綴具10は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体1010を閉じたときに表紙体1010の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体1010を開いたときに表紙体1010の内側から外れた外側で折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、取付部材2340の変形部2344に取り付けられている。
変形部2344は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具10は、その枢結部16が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部12の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が遠くで、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 and a second bent portion 2350B extending in the longitudinal direction of the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the back cover portion 1014. ing.
The insertion hole 2348 of the mounting member 2340 includes the binding device 10 loosely inserted into the insertion hole 2348 positioned near the spine portion 1016 and the cover body 1010 as the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and the like. / Or is formed at a portion where the binding device 10 can be attached so as to be positioned near the bending portion 1020 when the bending portion 1020 is turned approximately 360 degrees, and the bending portion 2350 When the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding tool 10 is positioned on the inner surface of the cover body 1010 and the cover 10 is opened when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is formed so as to be located near the bent portion 1020 that is bent away from the inner surface of the parts (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016).
The binding tool 10 has a connection region and / or a pivot region located near the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is closed, and from the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is attached to the deformed portion 2344 of the attachment member 2340 so as to be located near the bent portion 1020 on the outside.
The deformable portion 2344 is outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened, or on the extension surface. It extends almost parallel to or obliquely outward.
The binding device 10 has a pivotal portion 16 near the cover body 1010, a binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 12 and a binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are distant, It is arranged outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line or the extended surface of the flat cover body 1010 that has been flattened.

綴具10に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図21において示すように、枢結部16側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢結部16を挟んで接し合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 21, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding tool 10 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivoting portion 16 and are closed and stacked. The front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like so as to be in contact with each other with the pivot 16 interposed therebetween.

図24は、別の取付部材を示す断面図解図であり、図25は、別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。
取付部材2440は、表紙体1010に固定される定形部2442と、綴具10を取り付ける領域となる変形部2444とを備え、熱溶着可能な熱可塑性樹脂で一体成形されている。
定形部2442は、裏表紙部1014の長さと略同じかそれより僅かに短い長さと、熱溶着されるに適する短い幅とを備える、薄板状である。
FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing another mounting member, and FIG. 25 is a plan view showing the cover body and the mounting member showing another mounting member.
The attachment member 2440 includes a fixed portion 2442 fixed to the cover body 1010 and a deformable portion 2444 to be a region to which the binding device 10 is attached, and is integrally formed of a thermoplastic resin that can be heat-welded.
The fixed portion 2442 has a thin plate shape having a length substantially equal to or slightly shorter than the length of the back cover portion 1014 and a short width suitable for heat welding.

定形部2442は、変形部2444の両端に形成されている。
前記定形部2442は、裏表紙部1014に高さ方向において形成された折曲部1020に沿って、前記定形部2442の固定面を裏表紙部1014の内側面に、熱溶着により固着されている。
定形部2442と変形部2444との境界2446は、直線状であり、折曲部1020に平行になるように形成されている。
The fixed portion 2442 is formed at both ends of the deformable portion 2444.
The fixed shape portion 2442 is fixed to the inner side surface of the back cover portion 1014 by thermal welding along the bent portion 1020 formed in the height direction on the back cover portion 1014. .
A boundary 2446 between the fixed portion 2442 and the deformable portion 2444 is linear and is formed to be parallel to the bent portion 1020.

変形部2444は、定形部2442の幅方向に突設されている。
変形部2444は、折曲部1020から綴具10の綴杆部12の中央に至る幅を備え、その中央に綴杆部12を貫挿するための貫挿孔2448を穿設されている。
変形部2444は、屈曲部2450を構成する境界2446から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、境界2446とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔2448より離れた側を、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30との間で連結部14及び枢結部16の上方に位置させる。
変形部2444は、綴具10の綴杆部12の数に対応した数の貫挿孔2448を、並列された綴杆部12の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aを貫挿される。
The deformation portion 2444 is provided so as to protrude in the width direction of the fixed shape portion 2442.
The deformable portion 2444 has a width extending from the bent portion 1020 to the center of the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10, and an insertion hole 2448 for inserting the binding portion 12 is formed in the center thereof.
The deformable portion 2444 rises from the boundary 2446 constituting the bent portion 2450 toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the boundary 2446, that is, the side away from the through hole 2448 is the first binding rod 20. And the second binding rod 30 are positioned above the connecting portion 14 and the pivot portion 16.
The deformable portion 2444 has a number of through holes 2448 corresponding to the number of the binding portions 12 of the binding device 10 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 12, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 30A of the second binding bar 30 located on the other side is inserted.

変形部2444は、横断面円弧状ないし楕円状の筒状に形成され、背表紙部1016側の第1変形部2444Aと表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の自由端側の第2変形部2444Bとを形成されている。
定形部2442は、変形部2444の両端に形成されている。
第1変形部2444Aの自由端縁側の第1定形部2442Aは、裏表紙部1014に直接接して溶着され、第2変形部2444Bの自由端縁側の第2定形部2442Bは、前記第1定形部2442Aの表面に溶着されている。
The deformable portion 2444 is formed in a cylindrical shape having an arc shape or an elliptical cross section, and a first deformable portion 2444A on the back cover portion 1016 side and a second deformable portion 2444B on the free end side of the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014. And formed.
The fixed portion 2442 is formed at both ends of the deformable portion 2444.
The first fixed portion 2442A on the free edge side of the first deformable portion 2444A is welded in direct contact with the back cover portion 1014, and the second fixed portion 2442B on the free edge side of the second deformable portion 2444B is the first fixed portion. It is welded to the surface of 2442A.

この実施の形態においては、変形部2444は、横断面略楕円形にわん曲され、第1定形部2442A側の第1変形部2444Aと第2定形部2442B側の第2変形部2444Bとを形成されている。第1変形部2444Aと第2変形部2444Bとの間に円弧状部を形成され、第1変形部2444Aと第1定形部2442Aとの間の第1境界2446A及び第2変形部2444Bと第2定形部2442Bとの間の第2境界2446Bは、円弧状部と平行である。
変形部2444は、略中央部を綴具10の連結領域の上方に位置させ、表紙体1010の表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の自由端側の第2変形部2444Bの第2貫挿孔2448Bを第2綴杆30に貫挿させ、表紙体1010の背表紙部1016側の第1変形部2444Aの第1貫挿孔2448Aを第1綴杆20に貫挿させて、綴具10を表紙体1010に取り付けられる。
而して、綴具10は、背表紙部1016の内側において、枢結部16を背表紙部1016に沿わせて取り付けられ、定形部2442が綴具10の第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30の側部に並列される。
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 2444 is bent into a substantially elliptical cross section, forming a first deformable portion 2444A on the first shaped portion 2442A side and a second deformed portion 2444B on the second shaped portion 2442B side. Has been. An arc-shaped portion is formed between the first deformation portion 2444A and the second deformation portion 2444B, and the first boundary 2446A and the second deformation portion 2444B between the first deformation portion 2444A and the first fixed shape portion 2442A and the second A second boundary 2446B between the fixed shape portion 2442B and the arc-shaped portion is parallel.
The deforming portion 2444 has a substantially central portion located above the connection region of the binding device 10, and the second through-hole of the second deforming portion 2444 B on the free end side of the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 of the cover body 1010. 2448B is inserted into the second binding rod 30, and the first insertion hole 2448A of the first deformation portion 2444A on the spine cover portion 1016 side of the cover body 1010 is inserted into the first binding rod 20, and the binding device 10 is inserted. Attached to the cover body 1010.
Thus, the binding device 10 is attached along the spine cover portion 1016 inside the spine portion 1016, and the fixed shape portion 2442 is the second portion of the second binding member 18B of the binding device 10B. It is juxtaposed to the side of the binding 30.

貫挿孔2448は、第1綴具部材18A側の第1変形部2444Aに穿設された第1貫挿孔2448Aと第2綴具部材18B側の第2変形部2444Bに穿設された第2貫挿孔2448Bとを備えており、第1貫挿孔2448Aと第2貫挿孔2448Bとは、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができるように、変形部2444の長手方向(すなわち枢結部16の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
前記貫挿孔2448は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を枢結部16のシャフト部100の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔2448と貫挿孔2448との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具10の綴杆部12を回動自在に嵌挿している。
境界2446と貫挿孔2448との間隔は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、変形部2444の長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置でき、且つ枢結部16の外側に変形部2444の中央の円弧状部が位置できる長さに構成されている。
綴具10は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具10の連結領域及び枢結領域を円弧状の変形部2444の内側であって裏表紙部1014の内側と変形部2444の下側面との間に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
The through hole 2448 is formed in the first through hole 2448A formed in the first deformable portion 2444A on the first binding tool member 18A side and the second deformed portion 2444B formed on the second binding member member 18B side. 2 through-holes 2448B, and the first through-hole 2448A and the second through-hole 2448B move the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A to the other side, and the first binding rod It is possible to disengage the first staple binding portion 22 of the 20 half split bar 20A and the second staple binding portion 32 of the second half clamp 30A of the second binding rod 30. Thus, the length of the deformable portion 2444 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 16) is formed.
The through hole 2448 is formed by connecting the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to the shaft portion of the pivot portion 16. 100 so that it can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of 100, and the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10 is rotatably fitted with a gap provided between the adjacent insertion holes 2448 and 2448. It is inserted.
The interval between the boundary 2446 and the insertion hole 2448 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020, the cover body 1010 is turned to the outer surface, and the outer surface is faced. When it does, it is comprised in the length which the pivoting part 16 of the binding tool 10 can be located in the outer side of the bending part 1020.
Also, the length of the deformable portion 2444 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020, and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivotal portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020 and the central arc-shaped portion of the deformable portion 2444 can be positioned outside the pivotal portion 16.
The binding device 10 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connecting region and the pivot region of the binding device 10 are inside the arcuate deformation portion 2444 and the back cover portion 1014. Is attached to the back cover portion 1014 so as to be positioned between the inner side of the cover and the lower surface of the deformable portion 2444.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の長手方向にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部材2440の貫挿孔2448は、貫挿孔2448に緩挿された綴具10が背表紙部1016の近くに位置し且つ表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び/又は折曲部1020において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部1020の近くに位置するように綴具10を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、屈曲部2450を構成する境界2446との間に綴具10の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体1010を閉じたときには綴具10が表紙体1010の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具10が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
前記綴具10は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体1010を閉じたときに表紙体1010の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体1010を開いたときに表紙体1010の内側から外れた外側で折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、取付部材2440の変形部2444に取り付けられている。
変形部2444は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具10は、その枢結部16が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部12の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が遠くで、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine portion 1016.
The insertion hole 2448 of the mounting member 2440 includes the binding device 10 loosely inserted into the insertion hole 2448 positioned near the spine portion 1016 and the cover body 1010 as the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and the like. And / or a boundary 2446 that forms the bent portion 2450 and is formed at a portion where the binding device 10 can be attached so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 when the bent portion 1020 is turned approximately 360 degrees. When the cover body 1010 is closed with an interval equal to or greater than the width of the connection area and / or the pivot area of the binding tool 10, the binding tool 10 is positioned on the inner surface of the cover body 1010, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, The binding device 10 is formed so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 that is bent away from the inner surface of the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016). To have.
The binding tool 10 has a connection region and / or a pivot region located near the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is closed, and from the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is attached to the deformation part 2444 of the attachment member 2440 so as to be located near the bent part 1020 on the outside.
The deformable portion 2444 is outside the bent end edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened, or on the extension surface, the cover body 1010 in the flat state. It extends almost parallel to or obliquely outward.
The binding device 10 has a pivotal portion 16 near the cover body 1010, a binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 12 and a binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are distant, It is arranged outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line or the extended surface of the flat cover body 1010 that has been flattened.

綴具10に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図24において示すように、枢結部16側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢結部16を挟んで向かい合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 24, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding tool 10 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivoting portion 16 and are closed and stacked. The front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like so as to face each other with the pivot 16 interposed therebetween.

図26は、別の取付部材を示す断面図解図であり、図27は、別の取付部材を示す表紙体及び取付部材を示す平面図解図である。
取付部材2540は、表紙体1010に固定される定形部2542と、綴具10を取り付ける領域となる変形部2544とを備え、熱溶着可能な熱可塑性樹脂で一体成形されている。
定形部2542は、背表紙部1016の長さと略同じかそれより僅かに短い長さと、熱溶着されるに適する短い幅とを備える、柔軟性を有する薄板状である。
FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view showing another mounting member, and FIG. 27 is a plan view showing the cover body and the mounting member showing another mounting member.
The attachment member 2540 includes a fixed shape portion 2542 fixed to the cover sheet 1010 and a deformation portion 2544 that is a region to which the binding device 10 is attached, and is integrally formed of a thermoplastic resin that can be heat-welded.
The fixed shape portion 2542 is a thin plate having flexibility, having a length that is substantially the same as or slightly shorter than the length of the spine portion 1016 and a short width that is suitable for heat welding.

前記定形部2542は、変形部2544の両端に形成され、背表紙部1016側の第1定形部2542Aの固定面を表表紙部1012の内側面で背表紙部1016に近い側に位置して、熱溶着により固着され、裏表紙部1014側の第2定形部2542Bの固定面を裏表紙部1014の内側面で背表紙部1016に近い側に位置して、熱溶着により固着されている。
定形部2542と変形部2544との境界2546は、直線状であり、折曲部1020並びに第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024に平行になるように形成されている。
The fixed portion 2542 is formed at both ends of the deformable portion 2544, and the fixed surface of the first fixed portion 2542A on the spine cover portion 1016 side is located on the inner surface of the cover cover portion 1012 on the side close to the spine portion 1016, The second fixed portion 2542B on the back cover portion 1014 side is fixed by thermal welding, and the fixing surface of the second fixed portion 2542B is positioned on the inner surface of the back cover portion 1014 on the side close to the spine portion 1016, and is fixed by thermal welding.
A boundary 2546 between the fixed portion 2542 and the deformable portion 2544 is linear and is formed to be parallel to the bent portion 1020, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024.

変形部2544は、定形部2542の幅方向に突設されている。
変形部2544は、変形部2544から綴具10の綴杆部12の中央に至る幅を備え、その中央に綴杆部12を貫挿するための貫挿孔2548を穿設されている。
変形部2544は、第2屈曲部2550Bを構成する境界2546から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、境界2546とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔2548より離れた側を第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30との間で連結部14及び枢結部16の上方に位置させる。
変形部2544は、綴具10の綴杆部12の数に対応した数の貫挿孔2548を、並列された綴杆部12の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第1綴杆20の半割杆20A及び第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aを貫挿される。
The deformable portion 2544 is provided so as to protrude in the width direction of the fixed shape portion 2542.
The deformation portion 2544 has a width extending from the deformation portion 2544 to the center of the binding portion 12 of the binding device 10, and a through hole 2548 for inserting the binding portion 12 is formed in the center thereof.
The deformable portion 2544 rises from the boundary 2546 constituting the second bent portion 2550B toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the boundary 2546, that is, a side away from the through hole 2548 is the first binding pin. 20 and the second binding rod 30 are positioned above the connecting portion 14 and the pivoting portion 16.
The deformation portion 2544 is formed with a number of through holes 2548 corresponding to the number of the binding portions 12 of the binding tool 10 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 12, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 20 </ b> A of the first binding bar 20 and the half split bar 30 </ b> A of the second binding bar 30 located on the opposite side are inserted.

この実施の形態においては、変形部2544は、横断面V字形に屈曲され、第1定形部2542A側の第1変形部2544Aと第2定形部2542B側の第2変形部2544Bとを形成されている。第1変形部2544Aと第2変形部2544Bとの間に屈曲部2550を構成する第1屈曲部2550Aを形成され、第1変形部2544Aと第1定形部2542Aとの間の屈曲部2550を構成する第1境界2546A及び第2変形部2544Bと第2定形部2542Bとの間の屈曲部2550を構成する第2境界2546Bは、第1屈曲部2550Aと平行である。
変形部2544は、第1変形部2544Aと第2変形部2544Bとの間に形成された第1屈曲部2550Aを綴具10の連結領域の上方に位置させ、表表紙部1012側の第1定形部2542Aは、第1境界2546Aで第1変形部2544Aとの間を折り曲げられて表表紙部1012の第1ヒンジ部1022の近傍に固着され、裏表紙部1014側の第2定形部2542Bは、第2境界2546Bで第1変形部2544Aとの間を折り曲げられて裏表紙部1014の第2ヒンジ部1024の近傍に固着され、綴具10を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
第1変形部2544Aの第1貫挿孔2548Aは、表表紙部1012側に位置した第1綴杆20に貫挿され、第2変形部2544Bの第2貫挿孔2548Bは、裏表紙部1014側に位置した第2綴杆30に貫挿される。
而して、綴具10は、背表紙部1016の内側において、背表紙部1016に沿って取り付けられ、定形部2542が綴具10の側部に並列される。
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 2544 is bent into a V-shaped cross section to form a first deformable portion 2544A on the first shaped portion 2542A side and a second deformed portion 2544B on the second shaped portion 2542B side. Yes. A first bent portion 2550A constituting a bent portion 2550 is formed between the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B, and a bent portion 2550 between the first deformable portion 2544A and the first fixed portion 2542A is formed. The first boundary 2546A and the second boundary 2546B constituting the bent portion 2550 between the second deformable portion 2544B and the second fixed portion 2542B are parallel to the first bent portion 2550A.
The deformable portion 2544 has a first bent portion 2550A formed between the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B, located above the connection region of the binding device 10, and a first fixed shape on the front cover portion 1012 side. The portion 2542A is bent between the first deformed portion 2544A at the first boundary 2546A and fixed to the vicinity of the first hinge portion 1022 of the front cover portion 1012, and the second fixed portion 2542B on the back cover portion 1014 side is The second boundary 2546 </ b> B is bent between the first deformable portion 2544 </ b> A and fixed to the vicinity of the second hinge portion 1024 of the back cover portion 1014, and the binding device 10 is attached to the cover sheet body 1010.
The first insertion hole 2548A of the first deformation portion 2544A is inserted into the first binding rod 20 located on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the second insertion hole 2548B of the second deformation portion 2544B is the back cover portion 1014. It is inserted through the second binding rod 30 located on the side.
Thus, the binding device 10 is attached along the spine cover portion 1016 inside the spine portion 1016, and the fixed shape portion 2542 is juxtaposed with the side portion of the binding device 10.

貫挿孔2548は、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆20の半割杆20Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆30の半割杆30Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合を外すことができるように、変形部2544の長手方向(すなわち枢結部16の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
前記貫挿孔2548は、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を枢結部16のシャフト部100の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔2548と貫挿孔2548との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具10の綴杆部12を回動自在に嵌挿している。
境界2546と貫挿孔2548との間隔は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部2544A及び第2変形部2544Bの長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具10の枢結部16が位置でき且つ枢結部16の外側に第1屈曲部2550Aが位置できる長さに構成されている。
綴具10は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具10の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部2544の下方であって背表紙部1016の内側と変形部2544の下側面との間に位置させ、且つ第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を表表紙部1012側に位置させ、第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆30を裏表紙部1014側に位置させて、背表紙部1016の内方で表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014との間に取り付けられている。
The insertion hole 2548 moves the first binding rod 20 of the first binding tool member 18A to the other side, and the second binding pin 22 of the first binding rod 20A of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding hook locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 20A. In the longitudinal direction of the deformable portion 2544 (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 16) so that the half-split 30A of the binding rod 30 can be disengaged from the binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod. The length is formed.
The through hole 2548 is formed by connecting the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 of the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 to the shaft portion of the pivot portion 16. 100 so that it can be disengaged by moving in the longitudinal direction of 100, and the binding portion 12 of the binding tool 10 is rotatably fitted in a line with a gap between the adjacent insertion holes 2548 and 2548. It is inserted.
The interval between the boundary 2546 and the insertion hole 2548 is such that, at the bent portion 1020, the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back so that the cover body 1010 has the inner surface facing the outside and the outer surfaces face each other. When it does, it is comprised in the length which the pivoting part 16 of the binding tool 10 can be located in the outer side of the bending part 1020.
The lengths of the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded at the bent portion 1020 so that the front cover body 1010 faces outward and the outer surface faces. In addition, when the plate is formed into a flat plate shape, the length is such that the pivoting portion 16 of the binding device 10 can be located outside the bent portion 1020 and the first bent portion 2550A can be located outside the pivoting portion 16. Yes.
The binding device 10 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection region and the pivot region of the binding device 10 are below the deformation portion 2544 and inside the spine portion 1016. The first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A is positioned on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the second binding rod 30 of the second binding member 18B is back. Positioned on the front cover portion 1014 side, it is attached between the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 inside the back cover portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部材2540の貫挿孔2548は、貫挿孔2548に緩挿された綴具10が背表紙部1016の近くに位置し且つ表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び/又は折曲部1020において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部1020の近くに位置するように綴具10を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、屈曲部2550を構成する第1屈曲部2550Aとの間に綴具10の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体1010を閉じたときには綴具10が表紙体1010の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具10が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
前記綴具10は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体1010を閉じたときに表紙体1010の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体1010を開いたときに表紙体1010の内側から外れた外側で折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、取付部材2540の変形部2544に取り付けられている。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the spine cover portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine cover portion 1016.
The insertion hole 2548 of the mounting member 2540 has a binding device 10 loosely inserted into the insertion hole 2548 positioned near the spine portion 1016 and the cover body 1010 as a first hinge portion 1022, a second hinge portion 1024, and The first bent portion 2550A that is formed in a portion where the binding device 10 can be attached so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 when the bent portion 1020 is turned approximately 360 degrees. When the cover body 1010 is closed with an interval greater than the width of the connecting area and / or the pivot area of the binding tool 10 between the binding tool 10 and the inner surface of the cover body 1010, the cover body 1010 is opened. The binding device 10 is positioned near the bent portion 1020 that is bent away from the inner surface of the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016). It is formed.
The binding tool 10 has a connection region and / or a pivot region located near the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is closed, and from the inside of the cover body 1010 when the cover body 1010 is opened. It is attached to the deformed portion 2544 of the attachment member 2540 so as to be located near the bent portion 1020 on the outside.

前記図26A図示実施の形態においては、第1変形部2544A及び第2変形部2544Bは、比較的硬質の合成樹脂で成形されているが、これを、図26B図示例のように、比較的軟質の合成樹脂で形成されてもよい。
第1変形部2544A及び第2変形部2544Bが軟質の場合、リーフ1110を閉じたときに、第1変形部2544A及び第2変形部2544Bはわん曲し、綴具10は、背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置される。そして、リーフ1110を開いたときに、第1変形部2544A及び第2変形部2544Bは伸び、背表紙部1016は、折曲部1020を内方に向けて屈曲し、表表紙部1012と背表紙部1014とを開くことができる。
変形部2544は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具10は、その枢結部16が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部12の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32が遠くで、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In the embodiment shown in FIG. 26A, the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B are formed of a relatively hard synthetic resin. However, as shown in FIG. The synthetic resin may be used.
When the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B are soft, when the leaf 1110 is closed, the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B are bent, and the binding device 10 is attached to the spine cover portion 1016. Located in a close position. When the leaf 1110 is opened, the first deformable portion 2544A and the second deformable portion 2544B extend, the spine portion 1016 bends the bent portion 1020 inward, and the front cover portion 1012 and the spine cover. Part 1014 can be opened.
The deformable portion 2544 is a flat cover body 1010 outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on an extension line of the flat cover body 1010 or on the extended surface. It extends almost parallel to or obliquely outward.
The binding device 10 has a pivotal portion 16 near the cover body 1010, a binding rod locking portion 22 of the first binding rod 12 and a binding binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are distant, It is arranged outside the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened, on the extension line or the extended surface of the flat cover body 1010 that has been flattened.

綴具10に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図26において示すように、枢結部16側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢結部16を挟んで向かい合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 26, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding tool 10 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivoting portion 16 and are closed and stacked. The front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like so as to face each other with the pivot 16 interposed therebetween.

弾発部材102は、次のように構成してもよい。
図28Aは、別の弾発部材及びその弾発部材を第1及び第2綴具部材に取り付けられた状態における平面図解図であり、図28Bは、図28A図示綴具の断面図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態の断面図解図であり、(B)は開いた状態の断面図解図であり、図28Cは、更に別の弾発部材の正面図解図である。
図28A図示弾発部材102は、ねじりコイルバネからなり、巻線部102aと巻線部102aの両端から巻線部102aの中心軸と直交ないし交差する方向に伸びる直線状の第1固定先端部102bと直線状の第2固定先端部102cとが連設され、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態は、巻線部102aの外方で接線方向に第1固定先端部102bと第2固定先端部102cとが突き出されている。
そして、弾発部材102の巻線部102aの両端から延びる先端部を支持するために、前記連結部14に支持部50a及び支持部60aが形成されている。
前記弾発部材102の巻線部102aの両端から延びる固定先端部は、第1綴具部材18Aの第1連結部50に形成された支持部50a、及び前記支持部50aと対向する第2綴具部材18Bの第2連結部60の支持部60aに係止され、支持されている。
すなわち、一方の第1固定先端部102bは、第1連結部50の支持部50aに支持され、また、もう一方の第2固定先端部102cは、第1固定先端部102bと向き合うように第2連結部60の支持部60aに支持されている。
押圧部110を指で押すことにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を外すとき、移動する方向とは反対側にある第1連結部50の支持部50aに第1固定先端部102bは支持され、移動する方向とは反対側にある第2連結部60の支持部60aにもう一方の第2固定先端部102cは、支持されている。
一方の固定先端部102b及び他方の固定先端部102cは、元々開いた状態にあったが、第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とが閉じた状態にあるときは、元々開いた状態にあったところからほぼ平行に接近させた第1固定先端部102bと第2固定先端部102cとが、連結部14の支持部50a,支持部60aに支持されている。すなわち、弾発部材102は、第1固定先端部102bが第1連結部50の支持部50aに係止され且つ第2固定先端部102cが第2連結部60の支持部60aに係止されてねじられた状態になる。
The bullet member 102 may be configured as follows.
FIG. 28A is a schematic plan view of another elastic member and a state in which the elastic member is attached to the first and second binding members, and FIG. 28B is a sectional schematic view of the binding device shown in FIG. 28A. , (A) is a cross-sectional schematic view in a closed state, (B) is a cross-sectional schematic view in an open state, and FIG. 28C is a front schematic view of still another elastic member.
The elastic member 102 shown in FIG. 28A comprises a torsion coil spring, and a linear first fixed tip portion 102b extending from both ends of the winding portion 102a and the winding portion 102a in a direction orthogonal to or intersecting with the central axis of the winding portion 102a. And the linear second fixed tip portion 102c are connected to each other, and the initial state where no torsional moment is generated is the first fixed tip portion 102b and the second fixed tip portion 102c in the tangential direction outside the winding portion 102a. Is projected.
And in order to support the front-end | tip part extended from the both ends of the winding part 102a of the elastic member 102, the support part 50a and the support part 60a are formed in the said connection part 14. As shown in FIG.
The fixed front end portion extending from both ends of the winding portion 102a of the elastic member 102 includes a support portion 50a formed on the first connecting portion 50 of the first binding member 18A, and a second binding facing the support portion 50a. It is latched and supported by the support portion 60a of the second connecting portion 60 of the tool member 18B.
That is, one first fixed distal end portion 102b is supported by the support portion 50a of the first connecting portion 50, and the other second fixed distal end portion 102c is second so as to face the first fixed distal end portion 102b. It is supported by the support part 60 a of the connecting part 60.
When the binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are removed by pressing the pressing portion 110 with a finger, the movement direction is opposite to the moving direction. The first fixed tip portion 102b is supported by the support portion 50a of the first connecting portion 50, and the other second fixed tip portion 102c is supported by the support portion 60a of the second connecting portion 60 on the side opposite to the moving direction. It is supported.
One fixed tip portion 102b and the other fixed tip portion 102c were originally open, but when the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 are in a closed state, they are in an originally open state. The first fixed distal end portion 102b and the second fixed distal end portion 102c that are approached substantially parallel to each other are supported by the support portion 50a and the support portion 60a of the connecting portion 14. That is, the elastic member 102 has the first fixed tip portion 102b locked to the support portion 50a of the first connecting portion 50 and the second fixed tip portion 102c locked to the support portion 60a of the second connecting portion 60. It becomes twisted.

そして、弾発部材102は、その向こう側端が第2綴具部材18Bの第2受け部90の手前側端に接し、その手前側端が第1綴具部材18Aの第1受け部80の向こう側端に接して、復元力(均一な)によって第1綴具部材18Aを手前側に押し下げ且つ第2綴具部材18Bを向こう側に押し上げるように構成されている。
而して、弾発部材102は、綴杆部12を閉じているときには、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32とを係合させる方向に作用している。
押圧部110を指で押すことにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を外すときには、弾発部材102の弾発力に抗して第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆20を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材18Bの2綴杆30を手前側に移動させて、閉じていた第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とを開く。
押圧部110を指で押して第1綴具部材18Aの第1連結部50と第2綴具部材18Bの第2連結部60とをそれぞれを反対方向に相対移動させると、第1連結部50と第2連結部60とは、弾発部材102が元の状態に戻ろうとする力、すなわち一方の第1固定先端部102bと他方の第2固定先端部102cとが回転方向に回転して綴杆部12を開くように力が働くことにより、回転方向に回転する。
このように、この実施の形態においては、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22および第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32の係合を解除したとき、一方の第1固定先端部102bと他方の第2固定先端部102cとを円周方向において離れさせようとする力が働くことにより、第1綴杆20及び第1連結部50と第2綴杆30及び第2連結部60とが、開いた状態になる。
The elastic member 102 is in contact with the front end of the second receiving portion 90 of the second binding member 18B at the opposite end, and the front end of the first receiving portion 80 of the first binding member 18A. In contact with the far side end, the first binding member 18A is pushed down to the near side and the second binding member 18B is pushed up by the restoring force (uniform).
Thus, when the binding member 12 is closed, the elastic member 102 is in a direction in which the binding member 22 of the first binding member and the binding member 32 of the second binding member are engaged. It is working.
When the binding portion 22 of the first binding rod and the binding portion 32 of the second binding rod are removed by pressing the pressing portion 110 with a finger, the elastic force of the elastic member 102 is increased. Accordingly, the first binding rod 20 of the first binding member 18A is moved to the other side, and the two binding rods 30 of the second binding member 18B are moved to the front side, thereby closing the first binding rod 20 closed. Open the second binding 30.
When the pressing portion 110 is pressed with a finger and the first connecting portion 50 of the first binding member 18A and the second connecting portion 60 of the second binding member 18B are relatively moved in opposite directions, the first connecting portion 50 and The second connecting portion 60 is a force that the elastic member 102 tries to return to the original state, that is, one first fixed tip portion 102b and the other second fixed tip portion 102c rotate in the rotation direction, and the binding. When force is applied so as to open the part 12, it rotates in the rotation direction.
As described above, in this embodiment, when the engagement of the first staple binding portion 22 and the second staple binding portion 32 is released, one first fixed distal end portion 102b is released. And the other second fixed distal end portion 102c in the circumferential direction, the first binding rod 20 and the first connecting portion 50, the second binding rod 30 and the second connecting portion 60, Will be open.

第1固定先端部102b及び第2固定先端部102cは、図28Cにおいて示すように、巻線部102aの外方で径方向に突き出された構成としてもよい。
この変形例は、第1連結部50と第2連結部60とは、弾発部材102が元の状態に戻ろうとする力、すなわち一方の第1固定先端部102bと他方の第2固定先端部102cとが回転方向に回転して綴杆部12を開くように、より強い力が働くことにより、回転方向に回転させることができる。
As shown in FIG. 28C, the first fixed tip portion 102b and the second fixed tip portion 102c may be configured to protrude radially outward from the winding portion 102a.
In this modified example, the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60 have a force that the elastic member 102 tries to return to the original state, that is, one first fixed tip portion 102b and the other second fixed tip portion. When a stronger force is applied so that the binding portion 12 is opened in the rotation direction by rotating in the rotation direction, the rotation can be performed in the rotation direction.

連結領域に形成された押圧部110は、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を係止又は脱係するときに、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を開閉させるときの中心ののびる方向である連結部14の長手方向に、第1綴杆20又は第2綴杆30を変位させて第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を脱係させるために柱状又は塊状に形成されている。
押圧部110は、第1綴具部材18Aと第2綴具部材18Bとを連結する連結領域を構成する連結部14の長手方向で、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を開閉させるときの中心ののびる方向である高さ方向における、第1連結部50の下端部に突設された第1押圧部112と、第2連結部60の上端部に突設された第2押圧部114とによって構成されている。
The pressing portion 110 formed in the connecting region is configured to lock the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod binding portion 32 when the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod locking portion 32 are engaged or disengaged. The first binding rod 20 or the second binding rod 30 is displaced in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14, which is the direction in which the center extends when the second binding rod 30 is opened and closed, and the first binding rod binding portion 22. And in order to disengage the binding binding part 32 of a 2nd binding rod, it forms in columnar shape or lump shape.
The pressing portion 110 opens and closes the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14 that constitutes a connecting region that connects the first binding member 18A and the second binding member 18B. The first pressing portion 112 protruding from the lower end portion of the first connecting portion 50 and the second pressing portion 114 protruding from the upper end portion of the second connecting portion 60 in the height direction, which is the direction in which the center of the second connecting portion 50 extends. And is composed of.

第1押圧部112は、第1連結部50の下方の下端部から、第1綴具部材18Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22を脱係するときに第1連結部50を移動させる方向とは反対側すなわち手前側(下方)に向けてのびる円柱状棒体であり、第2連結部60の手前側にのびる大きさに形成され、押圧する面積を大きくとるように形成されている。
第2押圧部114は、第2連結部60の上方の上端部から、第2綴具部材18Bの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32を脱係するときに第1連結部50を移動させる方向とは反対側すなわち向こう側(上方)に向けてのびる円柱状棒体であり、第1連結部50の向こう側にのびる大きさに形成され、押圧する面積を大きくとるように形成されている。
The first pressing portion 112 moves the first connecting portion 50 from the lower lower end portion of the first connecting portion 50 when the first binding portion 22 of the first binding member 18A is disengaged. It is a columnar rod extending toward the opposite side, that is, the front side (downward), and is formed to have a size extending to the front side of the second connecting portion 60 so as to increase the pressing area. Yes.
The second pressing part 114 moves the first connecting part 50 from the upper end part above the second connecting part 60 when the second binding part 18 of the second binding tool member 18B is disengaged. It is a cylindrical rod that extends toward the opposite side, that is, the other side (upward), and is formed to extend to the other side of the first connecting portion 50 and to increase the pressing area. Yes.

そして、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32は、図29Aにおいて示すように、第1押圧部112に例えば親指を当て、また第2押圧部114に人差指を当て、第1押圧部112を向こう側(上方)に向けて、また第2押圧部114を手前側(下方)に向けて押して、脱係させる。そして、第1押圧部112と第2押圧部114とは、図29Bにおいて示すように、第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30ののびる方向において反対方向に回転させて、綴杆部12を開く。   As shown in FIG. 29A, for example, the first binding rod binding portion 22 and the second binding rod locking portion 32 apply a thumb to the first pressing portion 112, and the second pressing portion. The index finger is put on 114, the first pressing part 112 is directed toward the far side (upward), and the second pressing part 114 is pushed toward the near side (downward) to be disengaged. And as shown in FIG. 29B, the 1st press part 112 and the 2nd press part 114 rotate in the opposite direction in the direction where the 1st binding rod 20 and the 2nd binding rod 30 extend, and the binding portion 12 is made. open.

前記実施の形態によれば、綴具10は、第1綴杆20が表表紙部1012側に位置し、第2綴杆30が裏表紙部1014側に位置して、背表紙部1016の略中央に枢結部16が位置するように、表紙体1010に固定されている。
而して、表紙体1010は、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にすれば、表表紙部1012の外側端縁と裏表紙部1014の外側端縁とが揃い、最小の面積にしてリーフ1110に筆記できる。
According to the embodiment, the binding device 10 has the first binding rod 20 positioned on the front cover portion 1012 side, the second binding rod 30 positioned on the back cover portion 1014 side, and the abbreviation of the spine cover portion 1016. It is fixed to the cover body 1010 so that the pivot part 16 is located in the center.
Thus, if the cover body 1010 has a folded portion 1020, the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back, the inner surface is the outside, the outer surfaces are faced, and the outer cover 1010 is flattened. The outer edge and the outer edge of the back cover portion 1014 are aligned and can be written on the leaf 1110 with a minimum area.

この発明の実施の形態によれば、綴杆部12及び連結部14は、一対の第1綴具部材18A及び第2綴具部材18Bの各々に形成され、前記綴杆部12を構成する綴杆20,30は、第1綴具部材18A側の第1綴杆20と第2綴具部材18B側の第2綴杆30とが向き合うように、前記連結部14の長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、連結部14の外側部ないし上側部から突設されているので、綴杆部12を開いたときに綴杆部12の最下部が例えば表紙体1010の表面に接地して水平安定し易く、且つ綴杆部12を適宜な角度に開き易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、綴杆部12は、前記枢結部16を中心にして左右に分かれた、対称形である第1綴杆20及び第2綴杆30を備え、前記連結部14は、前記枢結部16を中心にして左右に分かれた、対称形である第1連結部50及び第2連結部60を備えているので、同一の金型で左右の部材を成形することができ、製造がし易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、連結部14は、向き合う第1連結部50及び第2連結部60の対向部56,66と、前記対向部56,66と相対し綴杆20,30が突設された外側部52,62と、前記対向部56,66と外側部52,62との間において前記対向部56,66及び外側部52,62に交差する面で、枢結部16が連設された下側部58,68とを備えているので、第1連結部の対向部56と第2連結部の対向部66とは、回転方向と直交し綴具10を閉じたときに垂直にすなわち高さ方向にのびる平面であって、綴具10を閉じたときに密着するように形成すれば、綴具10を閉じたときに第1綴杆の綴杆係止部22と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部32との係合状態を安定的に保つことができ、綴杆部12を構成する第1綴杆20と第2綴杆30とにより構成される円環状の径を縮むように作用することを少なくすることができる。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、受け部80,90は、前記連結部14の長手方向に間欠的に形成され、綴杆部12が前記シャフト部100を中心にして回転し且つ綴杆部12を開閉するときに長手方向に相対変移するように形成されているので、複数の綴杆20,30で構成される綴杆部12を一度に開閉させることができる。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、シャフト部100は、断面円形の棒状であり、前記受け部80,90は、全体が弧状で、その内側の円弧部に前記シャフト部100を装填され、且つその外側の上部において、前記綴杆20,30の張り出し方向とは反対方向に張り出すように、前記連結部14が連設されているので、複数の綴杆20,30で構成される綴杆部12を一度に開閉させることができ、且つ、綴杆部12の最下部が例えば表紙体1010の表面に接地して水平安定し易く、且つ綴杆部12を適宜な角度に開き易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、綴杆20,30の基部20a,30aは、連結部14の下部と同じ位置に、下部が位置するように形成され、枢結部16の受け部80,90は、連結部14の下部と同じ位置に、上部が位置するように形成されているので、綴杆部12を開いたときに綴杆部12の最下部が例えば表紙体1010の表面に接地して水平安定し易く、且つ綴杆部12を適宜な角度に開き易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、連結部14の幅は、枢結部16の幅の2分の1以下であるので、枢結部16の幅よりはみ出すことがなく、リーフ1110を綴杆20,30に沿って捲り、360度開いたときにリーフ1110の表側と裏側との間の隙間が少なく、比較的平坦となり、筆記もし易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、枢結部16の受け部80,90は、受け部80,90の開口部84,94が綴杆20,30の外周部に接し、連結部14は、綴杆20,30の内周部から受け部80,90の開口部84,94までの間の高さを有するので、リーフ1110を綴杆20,30に沿って捲り、360度開いたときにリーフの表側1110aと裏側1110bとの間の隙間が少なく、比較的平坦となり、筆記もし易い。
この発明の実施の形態によれば、綴杆係止部22,32は、綴杆20,30の回転方向において係止及び脱係するように、第1綴杆20の凸部24及び凹部26と第2綴杆30の凹部36及び凸部34とが係合するように構成され、且つ、綴杆20,30の回転方向と交差する方向に脱係しないように綴杆20,30の回転方向にのびる脱係防止部28,38が形成されているので、綴杆20,30の回転方向と交差する方向に、閉じられた綴杆の綴杆係止部22,32が脱係しにくい。
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the binding portion 12 and the connecting portion 14 are formed on each of the pair of first binding member 18A and second binding member 18B, and form the binding portion 12. The ribs 20 and 30 are appropriately spaced in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14 so that the first binding rod 20 on the first binding member 18A side and the second binding rod 30 on the second binding member member 18B face each other. The lowermost portion of the binding portion 12 is grounded to, for example, the surface of the cover sheet 1010 when the binding portion 12 is opened. And it is easy to open the binding portion 12 at an appropriate angle.
According to an embodiment of the present invention, the binding portion 12 includes the first binding rod 20 and the second binding rod 30 that are symmetrical and are divided into left and right with the pivot portion 16 as the center. Since the portion 14 includes the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60 that are symmetrical and separated from each other about the pivot 16, the left and right members are formed using the same mold. Easy to manufacture.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the connecting portion 14 includes the facing portions 56 and 66 of the first connecting portion 50 and the second connecting portion 60 facing each other, and the binding rods 20 and 30 facing the facing portions 56 and 66. The pivoting portion 16 is a surface that intersects the facing portions 56, 66 and the outer portions 52, 62 between the projecting outer portions 52, 62 and the facing portions 56, 66 and the outer portions 52, 62. Since the lower portions 58 and 68 are provided continuously, the facing portion 56 of the first connecting portion and the facing portion 66 of the second connecting portion are orthogonal to the rotation direction and close the binding device 10. When the binding device 10 is formed so as to be in close contact with the first binding device 22 when the binding device 10 is closed, the first binding device 22 and the first binding device 22 are connected to the first binding device 22. The first binding rod that can stably maintain the engagement state of the two binding rods with the binding rod locking portion 32 and constitutes the binding rod portion 12. 0 and it is possible to reduce the act to shrink the diameter of the formed annular by the second binding rod 30.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving portions 80 and 90 are intermittently formed in the longitudinal direction of the connecting portion 14, and the binding portion 12 rotates around the shaft portion 100 and the binding portion. Since it is formed so as to be relatively displaced in the longitudinal direction when opening and closing 12, it is possible to open and close the binding portion 12 composed of a plurality of binding rods 20 and 30 at a time.
According to an embodiment of the present invention, the shaft portion 100 is a rod having a circular cross section, and the receiving portions 80 and 90 are arcuate as a whole, and the shaft portion 100 is loaded in an arc portion inside thereof, and Since the connecting portion 14 is continuously provided so as to project in the direction opposite to the projecting direction of the binding rods 20 and 30 at the outer upper portion, the binding rod constituted by a plurality of binding rods 20 and 30 is provided. The portion 12 can be opened and closed at once, and the lowermost portion of the binding portion 12 is easily grounded, for example, on the surface of the cover body 1010, and the binding portion 12 is easily opened at an appropriate angle.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the base portions 20a and 30a of the binding rods 20 and 30 are formed at the same position as the lower portion of the connecting portion 14 so that the lower portion is positioned. 90 is formed so that the upper part is located at the same position as the lower part of the connecting part 14, so that when the binding part 12 is opened, the lowermost part of the binding part 12 contacts the surface of the cover sheet 1010, for example. Thus, it is easy to stabilize horizontally, and it is easy to open the binding portion 12 at an appropriate angle.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, since the width of the connecting portion 14 is less than or equal to one half of the width of the pivoting portion 16, the leaf 1110 does not protrude beyond the width of the pivoting portion 16. It turns along 20 and 30, and when it opens 360 degree | times, there are few clearance gaps between the front side and the back side of the leaf 1110, it becomes comparatively flat and is easy to write.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving portions 80 and 90 of the pivoting portion 16 are such that the openings 84 and 94 of the receiving portions 80 and 90 are in contact with the outer peripheral portions of the binding rods 20 and 30, and the connecting portion 14 is Since it has a height between the inner periphery of the binding rods 20 and 30 and the openings 84 and 94 of the receiving portions 80 and 90, the leaf 1110 is rolled along the binding rods 20 and 30 and opened 360 degrees. There are few gaps between the front side 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf, and it is relatively flat and easy to write.
According to the embodiment of the present invention, the staple binding portions 22, 32 are locked and disengaged in the rotational direction of the staples 20, 30, so that the convex portion 24 and the concave portion 26 of the first binding rod 20. And the concave portion 36 and the convex portion 34 of the second binding rod 30 are engaged with each other, and the binding rods 20 and 30 are rotated so as not to be disengaged in a direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the binding rods 20 and 30. Since the disengagement prevention portions 28 and 38 extending in the direction are formed, the binding binding portions 22 and 32 of the closed binding are difficult to disengage in a direction crossing the rotation direction of the binding 20 and 30. .

次に、更に別の実施の形態である帳面について説明する。
図30は、この発明にかかる綴具を用いた手帳の斜視図解図であり、図31Aは、この発明にかかる綴具の全体の斜視図解図であり、図31Bは、この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図であり、図32は、この発明にかかる綴具の斜視図解図であり、(A)は全体の図で、(B)(C)は半割杆の図であり、図33は、第1綴具部材の斜視図解図であり、(A)は右側の図であり、(B)は左側の図であり、図34は、第2綴具部材の斜視図解図であり、(A)は右側の図であり、(B)は左側の図であり、図35は、この発明にかかる綴具を分解した状態における斜視図解図であり、図36は、第1綴具部材と第2綴具部材とを結合する方法を示す斜視図解図であり、図37は、閉じた状態における綴具の正面図解図であり、図38は、閉じた状態における綴具の背面図解図であり、図39Aは、図37A−A部分断面図解図であり、図39Bは、図37B−B断面図解図であり、図39Cは、図37C−C断面図解図であり、図40は、開き始めた状態における綴具の正面図解図であり、図41は、開き始めた状態における綴具の背面図解図であり、図42Aは、図40A−A部分断面図解図であり、図42Bは、図40B−B断面図解図であり、図42Cは、図40C−C断面図解図であり、図43は、手帳の断面図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態の図で、(B)は360度捲った状態の図である。
Next, a book as another embodiment will be described.
30 is a perspective view of a notebook using the binding device according to the present invention, FIG. 31A is an overall perspective view of the binding device according to the present invention, and FIG. 31B is a binding device according to the present invention. FIG. 32 is a perspective view of the binding device according to the present invention, (A) is an overall view, (B) and (C) are half-split views, and FIG. Is a perspective view of the first binding member, (A) is a right side view, (B) is a left side view, and FIG. 34 is a perspective view of the second binding member. (A) is a right side view, (B) is a left side view, FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the binding device according to the present invention, and FIG. 36 is a first binding member. FIG. 37 is a perspective view illustrating a method of connecting the second binding member and the second binding member, FIG. 37 is a front view illustrating the binding device in a closed state, and FIG. FIG. 39A is a partial cross-sectional view of FIG. 37A-A, FIG. 39B is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 37B-B, and FIG. 39C is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 37C-C. FIG. 40 is a front view of the binding device in a state of starting to open, FIG. 41 is a rear view of the binding device in a state of starting to open, and FIG. 42A is a partial cross-sectional view of FIG. 42B is a cross-sectional schematic view of FIG. 40B-B, FIG. 42C is a cross-sectional schematic view of FIG. 40C-C, FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a notebook, and FIG. (B) is a diagram in a state of 360 degrees.

この発明にかかる帳面の一種であるノート1000は、複数の綴杆部412、前記綴杆部412を連結するための軸受部414、前記綴杆部412を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢軸部416を備える綴具410と、表表紙部1012と、裏表紙部1014と、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014との間に介在する背表紙部1016と、背表紙部1016の内側に綴具410を取り付けるための取付部540とを有する表紙体1010とを備える。   A notebook 1000 which is a kind of book according to the present invention has a plurality of binding parts 412, a bearing part 414 for connecting the binding parts 412, and a center when opening and closing the bindings constituting the binding part 412. A binding tool 410 including a pivot portion 416, a front cover portion 1012, a back cover portion 1014, a spine portion 1016 interposed between the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014, and a spine portion 1016 A cover body 1010 having an attachment portion 540 for attaching the binding tool 410 to the inside is provided.

表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012と背表紙部1016との間に第1ヒンジ部1022を形成され、且つ裏表紙部1014と背表紙部1016との間に第2ヒンジ部1024を形成されている。
前記背表紙部1016は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢軸部416に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って(高さ方向に)連続して形成された外側に折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部550を備える。
第1ヒンジ部1022と第2ヒンジ部1024とは平行であり、第1ヒンジ部1022と折曲部1020とは平行である。
The front cover body 1010 has a first hinge portion 1022 formed between the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1016, and a second hinge portion 1024 formed between the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016. Yes.
The spine portion 1016 opens and closes the binding that constitutes the binding portion 412 so that the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 412 can be wound along the binding and turned approximately 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion 550 for bending outwardly formed continuously from the near side to the far side (in the height direction) along the pivot portion 416 serving as the center of the center portion.
The first hinge part 1022 and the second hinge part 1024 are parallel to each other, and the first hinge part 1022 and the bent part 1020 are parallel to each other.

表紙体1010に取り付けられる綴具410は、複数の綴杆部412と、前記綴杆部412を連結する連結領域である軸受部414と、前記綴杆部412を連結して前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域である枢軸部416とを備える綴具410であって、綴杆部412を捩って閉じている綴杆部412を開くことができるように構成されている。
枢結領域は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を構成する半割杆420A及び半割杆430Aを、隣接する半割杆420Aと半割杆420A及び半割杆430Aと半割杆430Aとの間に適宜な間隔をおいて並列して形成するように、半割杆420Aの間及び半割杆430Aの間に跨って形成されている
この綴具410は、主として、一般的にセルリング式ノートと称されるノートに類似した手帳用として構成され、綴具410の綴杆部412に沿ってリーフ1110を回転させて略360度広げること、すなわち綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフ1110の表側と裏側とが軸受部414及び枢軸部416を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、構成されている。
The binding tool 410 attached to the cover body 1010 includes a plurality of binding portions 412, a bearing portion 414 that is a connection region for connecting the binding portions 412, and the binding portion 412 by connecting the binding portions 412. A binding device 410 including a pivot portion 416 that is a pivotal region that is a center when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 that are included in the structure are opened and closed, and the binding portion 412 is twisted and closed. The binding portion 412 is configured to be open.
The pivoting area includes the half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A that constitute the first binding bar 420 and the second binding bar 430, and the adjacent half split bar 420A, half split bar 420A, half split bar 430A, and half split bar. The binding tool 410 is mainly formed between the half-cut ribs 420A and between the half-cut hooks 430A so as to be formed in parallel with each other at an appropriate interval with the 430A. It is configured for a notebook similar to a notebook called a cell ring type notebook, and is rotated by about 360 degrees by rotating the leaf 1110 along the binding part 412 of the binding tool 410, that is, bound to the binding part 412. The leaf 1110 is wound along the binding and is turned approximately 360 degrees. When the leaf 1110 is closed, the front and back sides of the leaf 1110 at both ends can face each other with the bearing 414 and the pivot 416 interposed therebetween. Has been.

綴具410は、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとから構成されており、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、綴具410の長さ方向における中央を中心にした対称形であり、それぞれ、綴杆部412,軸受部414及び枢軸部416を備えている。
枢結領域は、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとを枢軸部416を中心にして連結し、綴杆部412を開閉するときの回転の中心となる領域として構成される。
The binding tool 410 includes a first binding tool member 418A and a second binding tool member 418B, and the first binding tool member 418A and the second binding tool member 418B are in the center in the length direction of the binding tool 410. And has a binding portion 412, a bearing portion 414, and a pivot portion 416, respectively.
The pivoting region is configured as a region that is the center of rotation when the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are connected with the pivotal portion 416 as the center and the binding portion 412 is opened and closed.

綴杆部412は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420と第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430とを有しており、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430は、一対の第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420と第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430とが向き合うように、前記綴杆部412を連結する軸受部414及び枢軸部416の各々にその長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、軸受部414及び枢軸部416の外側部ないし上側部から突設されている。そして、前記第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430は、前記軸受部414及び枢軸部416を中心にして左右に分かれた、対称形である。
複数の第1綴杆420は、各第1綴杆420の間において、各第1綴杆420の基部420aと連設された第1架設部442によって、適宜な間隔をおいて、綴具410の長手方向に並列されている。
複数の第2綴杆430は、各第2綴杆430の間において、各第2綴杆430の基部430aと連設された第2架設部444によって、適宜な間隔をおいて、綴具410の長手方向に並列されている。
The binding portion 412 includes a first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A and a second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B, and the first binding rod constituting the binding portion 412. 420 and the second binding rod 430 connect the binding portion 412 so that the first binding rod 420 of the pair of first binding member 418A and the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B face each other. Each of the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416 protrudes from the outer side or the upper part of the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416 at an appropriate interval in the longitudinal direction. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 have a symmetrical shape that is divided into left and right with the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416 as the center.
The plurality of first binding rods 420 are arranged at an appropriate interval between the first binding rods 420 by a first erection portion 442 connected to the base 420a of each first binding rod 420. Are arranged in parallel in the longitudinal direction.
The plurality of second binding rods 430 are arranged at an appropriate interval between the second binding rods 430 by a second erection portion 444 connected to the base portion 430a of each second binding rod 430. Are arranged in parallel in the longitudinal direction.

前記軸受部414は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450と第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460とを有しており、第1軸受部450と第2軸受部460とは、綴具410の長さ方向の中央を中心にして対称形である。第1軸受部450及び第2軸受部460は、向こう側から手前側に連続して長手方向に直線状にのびる、中実半円筒状で断面略C字状であり、第1軸受部450は、第1綴杆420に連続して一体的に形成され、第2軸受部460は、第2綴杆430に連続して一体的に形成されている。   The bearing portion 414 includes a first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A and a second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B, and the first bearing portion 450, the second bearing portion 460, and the like. Is symmetrical about the center in the length direction of the binding tool 410. The first bearing portion 450 and the second bearing portion 460 have a solid semi-cylindrical shape extending in a straight line in the longitudinal direction continuously from the far side to the near side, and have a substantially C-shaped cross section. The second binding portion 460 is integrally formed continuously with the first binding rod 420, and the second bearing portion 460 is formed integrally with the second binding rod 430.

前記軸受部414は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフ1110の表側と裏側とが軸受部414を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、下部において、第1綴杆420の基部420a及び第2綴杆430の基部430aと近接した位置にて連設されている。
前記軸受部414は、綴杆ののびる方向と直交する方向にのびる長さと綴杆ののびる方向に連続する太さとを有し、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を綴杆部412に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフ1110の表側と裏側とが軸受部414を挟んで向かい合うことができるように構成されている。すなわち、第1軸受部450は、第1綴杆420の基部420aに連設され、第2軸受部460は、第2綴杆430の基部430aに連設され、且つ第1軸受部450は、複数の第1綴杆420を連結するように、複数の第1綴杆420に架設され、第2軸受部460は、複数の第2綴杆430を連結するように、複数の第2綴杆430に架設されている。
第1軸受部450は、枢軸部416を装填するための第1軸受部450の開口部452を半割杆420Aとは反対側の側面に形成されており、且つ第2軸受部460は、第2軸受部460の開口部462を半割杆430Aとは反対側の側面に形成されている。そして、第1軸受部450は、前記開口部452に続く内面が円弧状の軸受凹部454を形成され、第2軸受部460は、開口部462に続く内面が円弧状の軸受凹部464を形成されている。
The bearing portion 414 turns the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 412 along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, changes 360 degrees, and closes the front side of the leaf 1110 at both ends when closed. In the lower part, the back side is connected to the base 420a of the first binding rod 420 and the base 430a of the second binding rod 430 so as to face each other across the bearing portion 414.
The bearing portion 414 has a length extending in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the binding extends and a thickness continuous in the direction in which the binding extends, and the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 412 extends along the binding portion 412. It is configured so that the front side and the back side of the leaf 1110 at both ends can face each other with the bearing portion 414 sandwiched between them by turning 360 degrees and closing. That is, the first bearing portion 450 is connected to the base portion 420a of the first binding rod 420, the second bearing portion 460 is connected to the base portion 430a of the second binding rod 430, and the first bearing portion 450 is The plurality of first binding rods 420 are constructed so as to connect the plurality of first binding rods 420, and the second bearing portion 460 connects the plurality of second binding rods 430 to each other. 430 is installed.
In the first bearing portion 450, the opening 452 of the first bearing portion 450 for loading the pivot portion 416 is formed on the side surface opposite to the half split plate 420A, and the second bearing portion 460 includes the second bearing portion 460. The opening 462 of the two bearing portions 460 is formed on the side surface opposite to the half-cut 430A. The first bearing portion 450 has an inner surface following the opening 452 formed with an arc-shaped bearing recess 454, and the second bearing portion 460 has an inner surface following the opening 462 formed with an arc-shaped bearing recess 464. ing.

第1綴具部材418Aは、第1綴杆420の基部420aに連設された第1受け部480を有し、第2綴具部材418Bは、第2綴杆430の基部430aに連設された第2受け部490を有している。綴杆部412の基部420aに連設された第1受け部480と綴杆部412の基部430aに連設された第2受け部490との間に形成された収容部482に、前記枢軸部416の長手方向に圧縮し且つ弾発力をかける弾発部材502が介装されている。そして、前記第1受け部480及び第2受け部490並びに弾発部材502は、前記第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430の先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430の先端を離間させるときに回転中心となる。   The first binding member 418A has a first receiving portion 480 connected to the base portion 420a of the first binding rod 420, and the second binding member 418B is connected to the base portion 430a of the second binding rod 430. The second receiving portion 490 is provided. In the receiving portion 482 formed between the first receiving portion 480 connected to the base portion 420a of the binding portion 412 and the second receiving portion 490 connected to the base portion 430a of the binding portion 412, the pivot portion A resilient member 502 that compresses in the longitudinal direction of 416 and applies a resilient force is interposed. The first receiving portion 480, the second receiving portion 490, and the elastic member 502 are closed when the leading ends of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed and when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed. When the front end of the binding 430 is separated, it becomes the center of rotation.

前記綴杆を開閉させるときの中心ののびる方向における一端又は両端の領域には、綴杆部412を構成する綴杆のうち対向する一方の複数の綴杆を、対向する他方の複数の綴杆の係止部から脱係させるために、同時に、中心ののびる方向に変位させる、押圧部510が突設されている。   In the region of one end or both ends in the extending direction of the center when opening and closing the binding rod, one opposing binding rods among the binding rods constituting the binding rod portion 412 and the other opposing binding rods. In order to disengage from the locking portion, a pressing portion 510 that is displaced in the direction in which the center extends is projected at the same time.

前記軸受部414並びに第1受け部480及び第2受け部490の輪郭は、略々同一で、前記第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430の先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430の先端を離間させるときに回転中心となる。そして、軸受部414並びに第1受け部480及び第2受け部490は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420又は第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されている。   The outlines of the bearing portion 414, the first receiving portion 480, and the second receiving portion 490 are substantially the same, and when the tips of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed together, and the first binding rod. It becomes the center of rotation when the front end of 420 and the second binding rod 430 are separated. Then, the bearing portion 414, the first receiving portion 480, and the second receiving portion 490 turn the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 412 along the first binding rod 420 or the second binding rod 430, and turn it 360 degrees. It is configured to be able to.

前記枢軸部416は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430ののびる方向に直交する方向にのびる長さと第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430ののびる方向に連続する太さとを有し、長手方向に連続する輪郭の一部が円弧状で、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の基部430aと連設され且つ複数の第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を連設するように複数の第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に架設されている。
枢軸部416は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸部520と第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸部530とを有しており、第1軸部520と第2軸部530とは、綴具410の長さ方向の中央を中心にして対称形である。
第1軸部520及び第2軸部530は、向こう側から手前側に連続して長手方向に直線状にのびる中実柱状で断面略真円状であり、第1軸部520は第1綴杆420に連続して一体的に形成され、第2軸部530は第2綴杆430に連続して一体的に形成されている。
枢軸部416を構成する第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸部520は、該円弧状の領域において、前記第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460の開口部462から軸受部414の内面が円弧状で長手方向にのびる軸受凹部464に揺動自在に嵌合され、第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸部530は、該円弧状の領域において、前記第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450の開口部452から軸受部414の内面が円弧状で長手方向にのびる軸受凹部454に揺動自在に嵌合されている。
枢軸部416(第1軸部520と第2軸部530)は、前記軸受部414(第1軸受部450と第2軸受部460)の長手方向にのびて、左右に分かれた一対の第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450と第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460とを長さ方向に直線状に並んだ状態で連結し、前記第1綴杆420の自由端420bと第2綴杆430の自由端430bとを合わせて閉鎖するとき及び第1綴杆420の自由端420bと第2綴杆430の自由端430bとを離間させるときに回転中心となり、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように構成されている。
The pivot portion 416 has a length extending in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 and a thickness continuous in the extending direction of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. A part of the contour that is continuous in the longitudinal direction has an arc shape, is connected to the base 430a of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and is connected to the plurality of first binding rods 420 and the second binding rod 430. Thus, the plurality of first binding rods 420 and second binding rods 430 are installed.
The pivot portion 416 includes a first shaft portion 520 of the first binding member 418A and a second shaft portion 530 of the second binding member 418B. The first shaft portion 520 and the second shaft portion 530 are the same. The binding tool 410 is symmetrical with respect to the center in the length direction.
The first shaft portion 520 and the second shaft portion 530 have a solid columnar shape extending in a straight line in the longitudinal direction continuously from the far side to the near side, and are substantially circular in cross section. The first shaft portion 520 has the first binding portion. The second shaft portion 530 is formed integrally and continuously with the second binding rod 430.
The first shaft portion 520 of the first binding member 418A constituting the pivot shaft portion 416 has an inner surface of the bearing portion 414 from the opening 462 of the second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B in the arc-shaped region. Is slidably fitted into a bearing recess 464 extending in the longitudinal direction in an arc shape, and the second shaft portion 530 of the second binding member 418B is formed in the first binding member 418A in the arc-shaped region. The inner surface of the bearing portion 414 extends from the opening 452 of one bearing portion 450 into an arcuate shape and extends in the longitudinal direction in a swingable manner.
The pivot portion 416 (the first shaft portion 520 and the second shaft portion 530) extends in the longitudinal direction of the bearing portion 414 (the first bearing portion 450 and the second bearing portion 460) and is divided into a pair of first parts. The first bearing portion 450 of the binding member 418A and the second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B are connected in a state of being linearly aligned in the length direction, and the free end 420b of the first binding rod 420 When closing the free end 430b of the second binding rod 430 together and when separating the free end 420b of the first binding rod 420 and the free end 430b of the second binding rod 430, the binding center 412 becomes the center of rotation. The leafs 1110 bound to each other are wound along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and can be turned 360 degrees.

この実施の形態においては、第1綴杆420,第1軸受部450,第1受け部480及び第1軸部520は、第1綴具部材418Aに形成され、第2綴杆430,第2軸受部460,第2受け部490及び第2軸部530は、第2綴具部材418Bに形成され、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、綴具410の長さ方向の中央を中心にして対称形に形成されている。   In this embodiment, the first binding rod 420, the first bearing portion 450, the first receiving portion 480, and the first shaft portion 520 are formed on the first binding member 418A, and the second binding rod 430, second The bearing portion 460, the second receiving portion 490, and the second shaft portion 530 are formed on the second binding member 418B, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are in the length direction of the binding device 410. It is formed symmetrically with the center of the center.

第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450は、手前側の第1軸受部450aと中間の第1軸受部450bとに分かれて形成されており、第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480は、手前側の第1軸受部450aと中間の第1軸受部450bとの間に形成されている。
第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸部520は、向こう側の第1軸部520aと中間の第1軸部520bとに分かれて形成されている。そして、向こう側の第1軸部520aは、中間の第1軸受部450bから向こう側に連続して形成されており、中間の第1軸部520bは、第1受け部480から手前側に連続して形成されている。
第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460は、向こう側の第2軸受部460aと中間の第2軸受部460bとに分かれて形成されており、第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490は、向こう側の第2軸受部460aと中間の第2軸受部460bとの間に形成されている。
第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸部530は、手前側の第2軸部530aと中間の第2軸部530bとに分かれて形成されている。そして、手前側の第2軸部530aは、中間の第2軸受部460bから手前側に連続して形成されており、第2軸部530bは、第2受け部490から向こう側に連続して形成されている。
The first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A is divided into a first bearing portion 450a on the near side and an intermediate first bearing portion 450b, and the first receiving portion of the first binding member 418A. 480 is formed between the first bearing portion 450a on the near side and the intermediate first bearing portion 450b.
The first shaft portion 520 of the first binding member 418A is divided into a first shaft portion 520a on the far side and a first shaft portion 520b in the middle. The first shaft portion 520a on the far side is continuously formed on the far side from the intermediate first bearing portion 450b, and the first shaft portion 520b on the far side is continuous on the near side from the first receiving portion 480. Is formed.
The second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B is divided into a second bearing portion 460a on the far side and an intermediate second bearing portion 460b, and the second receiving portion of the second binding member 418B. 490 is formed between the second bearing portion 460a on the far side and the second bearing portion 460b in the middle.
The second shaft portion 530 of the second binding tool member 418B is formed to be divided into a second shaft portion 530a on the near side and an intermediate second shaft portion 530b. The second shaft portion 530a on the near side is formed continuously from the intermediate second bearing portion 460b to the near side, and the second shaft portion 530b is continuously formed on the far side from the second receiving portion 490. Is formed.

この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材418Aは、綴杆部412(第1綴杆420),軸受部414(第1軸受部450),枢軸部416(第1軸部520)及び第1受け部480を合成樹脂で一体成形されてなる。また、同様に、第2綴具部材418Bは、綴杆部412(第2綴杆430),軸受部414(第2軸受部460),枢軸部416(第2軸部530)及び第2受け部490を合成樹脂で一体成形されてなる。
前記綴杆部412,第1綴杆420の第1架設部442,第2綴杆430の第2架設部444及び枢軸部416は、中実状で、連続して一体的に形成され、且つ、前記綴杆部412,第1綴杆420の第1架設部442,第2綴杆430の第2架設部444及び軸受部414は、中実状で、連続して一体的に形成されている。
In this embodiment, the first binding member 418A includes a binding portion 412 (first binding rod 420), a bearing portion 414 (first bearing portion 450), a pivot portion 416 (first shaft portion 520), and a first portion. One receiving portion 480 is integrally formed of synthetic resin. Similarly, the second binding member 418B includes a binding portion 412 (second binding rod 430), a bearing portion 414 (second bearing portion 460), a pivot portion 416 (second shaft portion 530), and a second receiver. The part 490 is integrally formed of synthetic resin.
The binding portion 412, the first erection portion 442 of the first binding rod 420, the second erection portion 444 and the pivot portion 416 of the second binding rod 430 are solid, continuously formed integrally, and The first erection portion 442 of the first binding rod 420, the second erection portion 444 of the second binding rod 430, and the bearing portion 414 are solid and continuously formed integrally.

この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材418Aの向こう側の第1軸部520aと中間の第1軸部520bとは、長手方向に一直線状にのび、同一の太さを有する略々円柱状であり、第1綴具部材418Aを構成する半割杆420A及び第1架設部442と、半割杆420A及び第1架設部442の下側において連続して一体的に形成されており、第2綴具部材418Bの手前側の第2軸部530aと中間の第2軸部530bとは、長手方向に一直線状にのび、同一の太さを有する略々円柱状であり、第2綴具部材418Bを構成する、半割杆430A及び第2架設部444と、半割杆430A及び第2架設部444の下側において連続して一体的に形成されている。
第1綴具部材418Aの向こう側の第1軸部520aと中間の第1軸部520bとは、第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460の軸受凹部464に嵌合する形状を備えており、第2綴具部材418Bの手前側の第2軸部530aと中間の第2軸部530bとは、第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450の軸受凹部454に嵌合する形状を備えている。
In this embodiment, the first shaft portion 520a and the intermediate first shaft portion 520b on the other side of the first binding member 418A extend in a straight line in the longitudinal direction and have substantially the same thickness. It is columnar and is formed integrally and continuously on the lower side of the half split bar 420A and the first installation part 442 constituting the first binding member 418A, and on the lower side of the half split bar 420A and the first installation part 442, The second shaft portion 530a on the near side of the second binding member 418B and the intermediate second shaft portion 530b extend in a straight line in the longitudinal direction and have a substantially cylindrical shape having the same thickness. The half member 430 </ b> A and the second erection part 444 that form the tool member 418 </ b> B and the lower part 430 </ b> A and the second erection part 444 are integrally formed continuously below.
The first shaft portion 520a and the intermediate first shaft portion 520b on the other side of the first binding member 418A have shapes that fit into the bearing recesses 464 of the second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B. The second shaft portion 530a on the near side of the second binding tool member 418B and the intermediate second shaft portion 530b are shaped to fit into the bearing recess 454 of the first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A. I have.

第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450は、手前側の第1軸受部450aの開口部452と中間の第1軸受部450bの開口部452とが長手方向にのびる断面同一の直線状で、長手方向に一直線状に並ぶ。
第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460は、向こう側の第2軸受部460aの開口部462と中間の第2軸受部460bの開口部462とが長手方向にのびる断面同一の直線状で、長手方向に一直線状に並ぶ。
第1綴具部材418Aの向こう側の第1軸部520aの向こう側の突起部478と第1受け部480の手前側の突起部478とは長手方向に一直線状に並び、第2綴具部材418Bの手前側の第2軸部530aの手前側の突起部476と第2受け部490の向こう側の突起部476とは長手方向に一直線状に並ぶ。
The first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A has a linear shape with the same cross section in which the opening 452 of the first bearing portion 450a on the near side and the opening 452 of the intermediate first bearing portion 450b extend in the longitudinal direction. , Aligned in the longitudinal direction.
The second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B has the same linear cross section in which the opening 462 of the second bearing portion 460a on the far side and the opening 462 of the intermediate second bearing portion 460b extend in the longitudinal direction. , Aligned in the longitudinal direction.
The projection 478 on the far side of the first shaft portion 520a on the far side of the first binding member 418A and the projection 478 on the near side of the first receiving portion 480 are aligned in a straight line in the longitudinal direction, and the second binding member The projection 476 on the near side of the second shaft portion 530a on the near side of 418B and the projection 476 on the far side of the second receiving portion 490 are aligned in a straight line in the longitudinal direction.

綴杆部412は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430の軸受部414及び枢軸部416並びに第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490に連設された基部420a及び基部430aとは反対側の自由端420b及び自由端430bに、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430を閉鎖したときに係止するための綴杆係止部を形成されている。
すなわち、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420は、基部420aとは反対側の頂部である自由端420bに第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を形成され、第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430は、基部430aとは反対側の頂部である自由端430bに第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を形成されている。
綴杆部412は、基部420a及び基部430aから頂部に至る高さ方向(垂直方向)と、第1綴杆420の外周部(外側部)から第2綴杆430の外周部(外側部)に至る幅方向(水平方向)とを備え、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の厚さ(外周部と内周部との間の長さ)よりも、綴具の長さ方向における第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の幅の方が長い、断面長方形状である。そして、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430は、基部420a及び基部430aから頂部に至るまで、リーフ1110を捲ることができるように、リーフ1110の綴じ穴1112に貫挿される形状に構成されている。
前記第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432は、係止する第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430の回転方向と交差する方向に、すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向に第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430を相対移動して、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430の先端を合わせて閉鎖するときに係止し又は第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420及び第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430の先端を離間させるときに脱係するように形成されている。
The binding portion 412 includes a first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A, a bearing portion 414 and a pivot portion 416 of the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B, and a first receiver of the first binding member 418A. The first binding rod of the first binding member 418A is connected to the free end 420b and the free end 430b opposite to the base 420a and the base 430a connected to the portion 480 and the second receiving portion 490 of the second binding member 418B. 420 and the second binding member 418B are formed with binding staples for locking when the second binding rod 430 is closed.
In other words, the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A has the first binding rod binding portion 422 formed at the free end 420b on the opposite side of the base portion 420a, and the second binding member The second binding rod 430 of 418B has a second binding rod binding portion 432 formed at a free end 430b on the opposite side of the base portion 430a.
The binding portion 412 has a height direction (vertical direction) from the base portion 420a and the base portion 430a to the top portion, and from an outer peripheral portion (outer portion) of the first binding rod 420 to an outer peripheral portion (outer portion) of the second binding rod 430. Width direction (horizontal direction) to reach the first binding rod 420 and the thickness of the second binding rod 430 (the length between the outer peripheral portion and the inner peripheral portion) in the length direction of the binding tool. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 have a longer cross-sectional rectangular shape. And the 1st binding rod 420 and the 2nd binding rod 430 are comprised by the shape penetrated by the binding hole 1112 of the leaf 1110 so that the leaf 1110 can be wound from the base part 420a and the base part 430a to the top part. ing.
The first binding tool binding portion 422 of the first binding device 418A and the second binding device binding portion 432 of the second binding member 418B of the first binding member 418A are locked. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 418A of the first binding member 418A in the direction intersecting the rotation direction of the second binding rod 430 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding member 418B, that is, in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. When the second binding rod 430 of the binding member 418B is relatively moved and the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A and the tip of the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B are closed together. The first binding member 420A of the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B of the second binding member 418B are formed so as to be disengaged when they are locked or separated.

第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420は、閉じたときに略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の半割杆420Aから構成され、第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430は、閉じたときに略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の半割杆430Aから構成され、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420と第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430とは対向するように構成されている。
そして、リーフ1110に予め穿設された綴じ穴1112に挿通して、リーフ1110を綴じることができるように、半割杆420Aと半割杆430Aとの先端、すなわち第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の頂部において、綴杆係止部422,432が形成されている。
第1綴杆420を構成する半割杆420Aと第2綴杆430を構成する半割杆430Aとは、半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と、半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを係止することにより、略円環状に連結される。
The first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A is composed of a semicircular arc-shaped half split rod 420A so as to be a substantially annular binding rod when closed, and the second binding member 418B has a second binding rod 420A. The binding rod 430 is configured by a semicircular arc-shaped half split rod 430A so as to become a substantially annular binding rod when closed, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding member of the first binding member 418A. It is configured to face the second binding rod 430 of 418B.
Then, the tips of the half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A, that is, the first binding bar 420 and the second split bar 430A are inserted so that the leaf 1110 can be bound by being inserted into the binding hole 1112 previously drilled in the leaf 1110. At the top of the binding 430, binding binding portions 422 and 432 are formed.
The half split bar 420A constituting the first binding bar 420 and the half split bar 430A configuring the second binding bar 430 are the first binding bar binding part 422 of the half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A. The second binding rod is connected to the binding lock portion 432 of the second binding rod so as to be connected in a substantially annular shape.

綴杆部412は、綴杆の第1架設部442並びに第2架設部444及び/又は枢軸部416に連設された基部420a及び基部430aとは反対側の自由端420b及び自由端430bに、綴杆を閉鎖したときに係止するための第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を形成され、前記第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432は、係止する綴杆の回転方向と交差する方向に係止する綴杆を相対移動して係止又は脱係するように形成されている。
そして、前記押圧部510は、綴杆の脱係するときに連結領域である第1架設部442及び第2架設部444,軸受部414並びに枢軸部416の移動する方向とは反対側において、脱係するときに軸受部414及び枢軸部416を移動する方向とは反対側に向けて、綴杆及び/又は連結部414及び/又は枢軸部416に突設されている。
The binding portion 412 includes a first end portion 442 and a second end portion 444 and / or a base portion 420a connected to the pivot portion 416 and a free end 420b and a free end 430b opposite to the base portion 430a. A first staple binding portion 422 and a second staple binding portion 432 are formed to be locked when the binding is closed, and the first staple binding portion is formed. 422 and the staple binding portion 432 of the second staple are formed so as to engage or disengage by relatively moving the staple that is locked in the direction intersecting the rotational direction of the staple to be locked. .
The pressing portion 510 is disengaged on the side opposite to the moving direction of the first erection portion 442, the second erection portion 444, the bearing portion 414, and the pivot portion 416, which are connection regions when the binding is disengaged. When engaged, the binding portion 414 and / or the connecting portion 414 and / or the pivot portion 416 are provided so as to protrude in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.

この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材418Aの半割杆420Aの手前側及び第2綴具部材418Bの半割杆430Aの向こう側に形成された押圧部510は、連結領域を構成する第1軸受部450の長手方向における第1綴杆420の手前側に突設された押し棒と、連結領域を構成する第2軸受部460の長手方向における第2綴杆430の向こう側に突設された押し棒とにより構成される。
押圧部510は、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとを連結する連結領域を構成する軸受部414,枢軸部416,第1架設部442及び第2架設部444の長手方向で、綴杆部412を開閉するときの中心ののびる方向に、第1綴杆420又は第2綴杆430を変位させて、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を脱係させるために柱状又は塊状に形成されている。
押圧部510は、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとを連結する連結領域を構成する軸受部414,枢軸部416,第1架設部442及び第2架設部444の長手方向で、綴杆部412を開閉するときの中心ののびる方向である高さ方向における、第1綴具部材418Aの半割杆420Aの下端部に突設された第1押圧部512と、第2綴具部材418Bの半割杆430Aの上端部に突設された第2押圧部514とによって構成されている。
In this embodiment, the pressing portions 510 formed on the front side of the half split bar 420A of the first binding member 418A and the other side of the half split bar 430A of the second binding member 418B constitute a connection region. A push rod protruding from the front side of the first binding rod 420 in the longitudinal direction of the first bearing portion 450 and a projection beyond the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the second bearing portion 460 constituting the connection region. It is comprised with the push bar provided.
The pressing portion 510 is formed in the longitudinal direction of the bearing portion 414, the pivot portion 416, the first erection portion 442, and the second erection portion 444 that form a connection region that connects the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B. The first binding rod 420 or the second binding rod 430 is displaced in the direction in which the center extends when the binding portion 412 is opened and closed, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding In order to disengage the hook locking portion 432, it is formed in a columnar shape or a lump shape.
The pressing portion 510 is formed in the longitudinal direction of the bearing portion 414, the pivot portion 416, the first erection portion 442, and the second erection portion 444 that form a connection region that connects the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B. A first pressing portion 512 projecting from the lower end portion of the half split bar 420A of the first binding member 418A in the height direction, which is the direction in which the center extends when the binding portion 412 is opened and closed, and the second binding It is comprised by the 2nd press part 514 protrudingly provided by the upper end part of halves 430A of the tool member 418B.

第1押圧部512は、半割杆420Aの基部420aの下端から、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を脱係するときに軸受部414及び枢軸部416を移動する方向とは反対側すなわち手前側(下方)に向けてのびる円柱状棒体であり、半割杆430Aの手前側にのびる大きさに形成され、押圧する面積を大きくとるように形成されている。
第2押圧部514は、半割杆430Aの基部430aの上端から、第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を脱係するときに軸受部414及び枢軸部416を移動する方向とは反対側すなわち向こう側(上方)に向けてのびる円柱状棒体であり、半割杆420Aの向こう側にのびる大きさに形成され、押圧する面積を大きくとるように形成されている。
The first pressing part 512 disengages the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416 from the lower end of the base part 420a of the half-split bar 420A when the binding part 422 of the first binding bar of the first binding member 418A is disengaged. It is a cylindrical rod that extends toward the opposite side of the moving direction, that is, the front side (downward), and is formed to have a size that extends to the front side of the half split 430A, and is formed to take a large pressing area. Yes.
The second pressing portion 514 disengages the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416 from the upper end of the base portion 430a of the half split 430A when the binding portion 432 of the second binding device 418B is disengaged. It is a columnar rod that extends in the direction opposite to the direction of movement, that is, the other side (upward), and is formed to extend to the other side of the half split plate 420A so as to increase the pressing area. Yes.

そして、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432は、図40において示すように、第1押圧部512に例えば親指を当て、また第2押圧部514に人差指を当て、第1押圧部512を向こう側(上方)に向けて、また第2押圧部514を手前側(下方)に向けて押して、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを脱係させる。
そして、第1押圧部512と第2押圧部514とは、図42において示すように、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430ののびる方向において反対方向に回転させて、綴杆部412を開く。
そして、綴杆部412を開くときにおいては、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とは、押圧部510を指で押すことにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を外すことができるように構成されている。
Then, as shown in FIG. 40, the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 apply, for example, a thumb to the first pressing portion 512, and the second pressing portion. Put a forefinger on 514, push the first pressing portion 512 toward the far side (upward), and the second pressing portion 514 toward the near side (downward), and the binding binding portion 422 of the first binding The binding binding portion 432 of the second binding rod is disengaged.
Then, as shown in FIG. 42, the first pressing portion 512 and the second pressing portion 514 rotate the binding portion 412 in the opposite direction in the direction in which the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are extended. open.
When opening the binding portion 412, the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are pressed by pressing the pressing portion 510 with a finger to lock the binding binding portion of the first binding rod. It is comprised so that the binding binding part 432 of 422 and a 2nd binding can be removed.

第1綴杆420を構成する半割杆420Aの先端に形成された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を構成する先端の第1綴杆の凸部424及びその第1綴杆の凸部424に続く第1綴杆の凹部426と、第2綴杆430を構成する半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を構成する先端の第2綴杆の凸部434及びその先端の第2綴杆の凸部434に続く第2綴杆の凹部436とは、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
すなわち、第1綴杆420を構成する半割杆420Aの先端に形成された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を構成する第1綴杆の凸部424は、手前側に向けて突き出されている。そして、その第1綴杆の凸部424に続く第1綴杆の凹部426は、向こう側に向けて凹んでいる。半割杆430Aの先端に形成された第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を構成する第2綴杆の凸部434は、向こう側に向けて突き出されている。そして、その先端の第2綴杆の凸部434に続く第2綴杆の凹部436は、手前側に向けて凹んでいる。
第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉じたとき係合するように、第1綴杆の凸部424及び第1綴杆の凹部426と第2綴杆の凸部434及び第2綴杆の凹部436とは、逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を構成する第1綴杆の凸部424と半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を構成する第2綴杆の凸部434とは、反対方向に向けて突き出し設けられている。
また、半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422を構成する第1綴杆の凹部426と半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を構成する第2綴杆の凹部436とは、反対方向に向けて凹み形成されている。
The convex portion 424 of the first binding rod at the front end constituting the binding binding portion 422 of the first binding rod and the convexity of the first binding rod formed at the distal end of the half split rod 420A constituting the first binding rod 420. The concave portion 426 of the first binding rod following the portion 424 and the convex portion 434 of the second binding rod at the tip constituting the binding binding locking portion 432 of the second binding rod 430A of the second binding rod 430. And the concave portion 436 of the second binding rod following the convex portion 434 of the second binding rod at the tip thereof is directed in the opposite direction so as to be engaged when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed. Protrusions or depressions are formed.
That is, the convex portion 424 of the first binding rod that forms the binding rod locking portion 422 of the first binding rod that is formed at the tip of the half split rod 420A that forms the first binding rod 420 protrudes toward the front side. Has been. Then, a concave portion 426 of the first binding rod following the convex portion 424 of the first binding rod is recessed toward the other side. A convex portion 434 of the second binding rod constituting the binding binding portion 432 of the second binding rod formed at the tip of the half split rod 430A protrudes toward the other side. And the concave part 436 of the 2nd binding rod following the convex part 434 of the 2nd binding rod of the front-end | tip is dented toward the near side.
The first binding rod 424, the first binding rod recess 426, the second binding rod projection 434, and the second binding rod 430 are engaged with each other when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed. The concave portion 436 of the binding rod protrudes or is recessed in the opposite direction.
The first binding rod convex portion 424 constituting the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the half split rod 420A and the second binding binding portion 432 of the second binding rod 430A of the second binding rod 430A. It protrudes and is provided in the opposite direction to the protrusion 434 of the heel.
In addition, the first binding rod concave portion 426 constituting the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the half binding rod 420A and the second binding rod binding portion 432 constituting the second binding rod 430A. The concave portion 436 of the binding rod is formed to be recessed in the opposite direction.

前記第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の回転方向及び回転方向と交差する方向に脱係しないように、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の回転方向と交差する方向にのびる脱係防止部428及び脱係防止部438が形成されている。
脱係防止部428は、頂部側において手前側に向けて突き出る鉤鼻状係止凸部428aと、基部420a側において向こう側に向けて凹む係止凹部428bとを有し、自由端側の係止凸部428aから続いて基部420a側に係止凹部428bが形成されている。
脱係防止部438は、頂部側において向こう側に向けて突き出る鉤鼻状係止凸部438aと、基部430a側において手前側に向けて凹む係止凹部438bとを有し、自由端側の係止凸部438aから続いて基部430a側に係止凹部438bが形成されている。
第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉じたとき、脱係防止部428の係止凸部428aは脱係防止部438の係止凹部438bに嵌合され、脱係防止部438の係止凸部438aは脱係防止部428の係止凹部428bに嵌合され、係止凸部428aと係止凸部438aとは、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを回転方向に引いたときに、突き当たる。
第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422の脱係防止部428は、第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432の上部に向けて突き出され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを係合したときに、第2綴杆430が上方に向けて衝撃などにより移動することを防止している。
第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432の脱係防止部438は、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422の上部に向けて突き出され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを係合したときに、第1綴杆420が上方に向けて衝撃などにより移動することを防止している。
このように、この実施の形態においては、第1綴杆420の基部420aに突設された第1押圧部512及び第2綴杆430の基部430aに突設された第2押圧部514を指で押すことにより、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430を手前側に移動させて、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができる。
なお、閉じるときにおいては、脱係防止部428の係止凸部428aと脱係防止部438の係止凸部438aとは、突き出たり滑りながら係止凹部438b及び係止凹部428bに嵌まるように、なだらかな傾斜面が自由端から形成されている。
The first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 are disengaged in the rotation direction of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 and in the direction intersecting the rotation direction. In order to prevent this, the disengagement prevention unit 428 and the disengagement prevention unit 438 extending in the direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are formed.
The disengagement preventing portion 428 has a snare-like locking convex portion 428a protruding toward the front side on the top side and a locking concave portion 428b recessed toward the other side on the base portion 420a side. A locking recess 428b is formed on the base 420a side following the protrusion 428a.
The disengagement preventing portion 438 has a snare-like locking convex portion 438a protruding toward the opposite side on the top side, and a locking concave portion 438b recessed toward the near side on the base portion 430a side, and the locking on the free end side A locking recess 438b is formed on the base 430a side following the protrusion 438a.
When the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed, the locking projection 428a of the disengagement prevention portion 428 is fitted into the locking recess 438b of the disengagement prevention portion 438, and the disengagement prevention portion 438 The locking projection 438a is fitted into the locking recess 428b of the disengagement prevention unit 428, and the locking projection 428a and the locking projection 438a rotate the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the rotation direction. When you pull it, it will hit you.
The disengagement prevention portion 428 of the first binding rod binding portion 422 protrudes toward the upper portion of the second binding rod binding portion 432, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 and The second binding rod 430 is prevented from moving upward due to an impact or the like when the binding binding portion 432 of the second binding rod is engaged.
The disengagement prevention portion 438 of the second binding rod binding portion 432 protrudes toward the upper portion of the first binding rod binding portion 422, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 and The first binding rod 420 is prevented from moving upward due to an impact or the like when the binding binding portion 432 of the second binding rod is engaged.
Thus, in this embodiment, the first pressing portion 512 protruding from the base portion 420a of the first binding rod 420 and the second pressing portion 514 protruding from the base portion 430a of the second binding rod 430 are indicated. To move the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the far side and the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B to the near side, The engagement between the first staple binding portion 422 of the half staple 420A and the second staple binding portion 432 of the second staple 430A of the second staple 430 can be released.
When closing, the locking projection 428a of the disengagement prevention portion 428 and the locking projection 438a of the disengagement prevention portion 438 fit into the locking recess 438b and the locking recess 428b while protruding or sliding. In addition, a gentle inclined surface is formed from the free end.

第1綴具部材418Aの第1架設部442は、第1架設部442と第2綴具部材418Bの第2架設部444とが向き合う領域である第1架設部442の対向部442aを備える。
第2綴具部材418Bの第2架設部444は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1架設部442と第2架設部444とが向き合う領域である第2架設部444の対向部444aを備える。
この実施の形態においては、第1架設部442及び第2架設部444は、略四角柱状である。
そして、第1綴具部材418Aの第1架設部442の対向部442aと第2綴具部材418Bの第2架設部444の対向部444aとは、回転方向と略々直交し綴具410を閉じたときに垂直にすなわち高さ方向にのびる平面であって、図31及び図39に示すように綴具410を閉じたときに密着するように形成されている。
The first erection part 442 of the first binding member 418A includes a facing part 442a of the first erection part 442, which is a region where the first erection part 442 and the second erection part 444 of the second binding member 418B face each other.
The second erection part 444 of the second binding member 418B includes a facing part 444a of the second erection part 444, which is a region where the first erection part 442 and the second erection part 444 of the first binding member 418A face each other.
In this embodiment, the first erection part 442 and the second erection part 444 have a substantially quadrangular prism shape.
The opposing portion 442a of the first erection portion 442 of the first binding member 418A and the opposing portion 444a of the second erection portion 444 of the second binding member 418B are substantially orthogonal to the rotation direction and close the binding device 410. It is a flat surface extending vertically in the vertical direction, that is, in the height direction, and is formed so as to be in close contact when the binding tool 410 is closed as shown in FIGS.

前記軸受部414は、その側面に、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の開き角度をリーフ1110の挿入し易い角度、例えば約60〜70度に規制するための第1の開き角規制部470及び第2の開き角規制部472を形成されている。
第1の開き角規制部470は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450の開口部452の口縁部の接合面452aと第2綴具部材418Bの第2架設部444の下端の接合面444bとから構成され、一方、第2の開き角規制部472は、第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460の開口部462の口縁部の接合面462aと第1綴具部材418Aの第1架設部442の下端の接合面442bとから構成されている。
そして、綴杆部412を閉じたときに、第1綴具部材418Aの第1の開き角規制部470の接合面452aと第2綴具部材418Bの第1の開き角規制部470の接合面444bとは、図39において示すように、略70度開いた傾斜面であって対向しており、綴杆部412を開いたときに、第1綴具部材418Aの第1の開き角規制部470の接合面452aと第2綴具部材418Bの第1の開き角規制部470の接合面444bとは、図42において示すように、接し合い、半割杆420Aと半割杆430Aの開き角度を、リーフ1110の挿入しや易い角度に規制する。
また、綴杆部412を閉じたときに、第2綴具部材418Bの第2の開き角規制部472の接合面462aと第1綴具部材418Aの第2の開き角規制部472の接合面442bとは、図39において示すように、略70度開いた傾斜面であって対向しており、綴杆部412を開いたときに、第2綴具部材418Bの第2の開き角規制部472の接合面462aと第1綴具部材418Aの第2の開き角規制部472の接合面442bとは、図42において示すように、接し合い、半割杆420Aと半割杆430Aの開き角度を、リーフ1110の挿入しや易い角度に規制する。
The bearing portion 414 has, on its side surface, a first opening angle restriction for restricting the opening angle of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 to an angle at which the leaf 1110 can be easily inserted, for example, about 60 to 70 degrees. A portion 470 and a second opening angle restricting portion 472 are formed.
The first opening angle restricting portion 470 is formed at the lower end of the joint surface 452a of the opening edge 452 of the first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A and the second erection portion 444 of the second binding member 418B. On the other hand, the second opening angle restricting portion 472 is composed of the joint surface 462a of the opening edge 462 of the second bearing portion 460 of the second binding member 418B and the first binding member. It is comprised from the joint surface 442b of the lower end of the 1st construction part 442 of 418A.
When the binding portion 412 is closed, the joint surface 452a of the first opening angle restricting portion 470 of the first binding member 418A and the joint surface of the first opening angle restricting portion 470 of the second binding member 418B. As shown in FIG. 39, the reference numeral 444b is an inclined surface that is opened approximately 70 degrees and is opposed to the first opening angle restricting portion of the first binding member 418A when the binding portion 412 is opened. As shown in FIG. 42, the joining surface 452a of 470 and the joining surface 444b of the first opening angle restricting portion 470 of the second binding member 418B are in contact with each other, and the opening angle between the half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A Is controlled to an angle at which the leaf 1110 can be easily inserted.
Further, when the binding portion 412 is closed, the joint surface 462a of the second opening angle restricting portion 472 of the second binding member 418B and the joint surface of the second opening angle restricting portion 472 of the first binding member 418A. As shown in FIG. 39, 442b is an inclined surface that is opened approximately 70 degrees and is opposed to the second opening angle restricting portion of the second binding member 418B when the binding portion 412 is opened. As shown in FIG. 42, the joining surface 462a of 472 and the joining surface 442b of the second opening angle restricting portion 472 of the first binding member 418A are in contact with each other, and the opening angle of the half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A Is controlled to an angle at which the leaf 1110 can be easily inserted.

枢軸部416並びに第1受け部480及び第2受け部490は、閉じられた第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の開くことを阻止する軸部回転規制部474を端部に形成されている。
前記軸部回転規制部474は、第2綴具部材418Bの手前側の第2軸部530aの手前側に形成された突起部476と第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸受部450の手前側に切り欠き形成された規制凹部456及び第1綴具部材418Aの向こう側の第1軸部520aの向こう側に形成された突起部478と第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸受部460の向こう側に切り欠き形成された規制凹部466とから構成されており、第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476と第1綴具部材418Aの規制凹部456と及び第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478と第2綴具部材418Bの規制凹部466とは、綴杆部412が閉じられたときに綴杆部412の開く方向とは反対側の端縁に係止される面を備えている。
第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478は、半割杆420A側に、第2綴具部材418Bの規制凹部466の対向部と係止される(綴具410の長さ方向にのびる)平面を備えており、第1綴具部材418Aの規制凹部456の対向部は、半割杆420A側に、第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476と係止される(綴具410の長さ方向にのびる)平面を有している。
また、第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476は、半割杆430A側に、第1綴具部材418Aの規制凹部456の対向部と係止される(綴具410の長さ方向にのびる)平面を備えており、第2綴具部材418Bの規制凹部466の対向部は、半割杆430A側に、第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478と係止される(綴具410の長さ方向にのびる)平面を備えている。
更に、他の突起部476は、第2綴具部材418Bの枢軸部416(第2軸部530b)の手前側と第2受け部490の向こう側に枢軸部416(第2軸部530b)と略々同じ幅と略々同じで、中間の第1軸受部450bの規制凹部456よりわずかに短い長さを有して突設され、他の突起部478は、第1綴具部材418Aの枢軸部416(第1軸部520b)の向こう側と第1受け部480の手前側に枢軸部416(第1軸部520b)と略々同じ幅と略々同じで、中間の第2軸受部460bの規制凹部466よりわずかに短い長さを有して突設されている。
第1受け部480の突起部478の手前側端と中間の第2軸受部460bの向こう側端とは、綴杆部412を閉鎖したときに隙間があいており、第2受け部490の突起部476の向こう側端と中間の第1軸受部450bの手前側端とは、綴杆部412を閉鎖したときに隙間があいている。
而して、綴杆部412を閉じたときに、第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478及び規制凹部456の対向部の平面と第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476及び規制凹部466の対向部の平面と接し合い、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとを幅方向に引き離す力、綴杆部412の径方向に引き離す力が働いても、第1綴具部材418Aの半割杆420Aと第2綴具部材418Bの半割杆430Aとは離れない。
綴杆部412を開くときには、向こう側の第2軸受部460aの規制凹部466と突起部478とは長さ方向に摺動し、手前側の第1軸受部450aの規制凹部456と突起部476とは長さ方向に摺動して、且つ第1受け部480の突起部478と中間の第2軸受部460bの規制凹部466とは摺動し、第2受け部490の突起部476と中間の第1軸受部450bの規制凹部456とは摺動する。而して、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、綴具410の長さ方向に相対移動させることができ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを綴具410の幅方向に開くことができる。
The pivot portion 416 and the first receiving portion 480 and the second receiving portion 490 are formed with an end portion of a shaft rotation restricting portion 474 that prevents the closed first binding rod 420 and second binding rod 430 from opening. Yes.
The shaft portion rotation restricting portion 474 includes a protrusion 476 formed on the near side of the second shaft portion 530a on the near side of the second binding member 418B and the near side of the first bearing portion 450 of the first binding member 418A. The recess 456 formed in the notch and the protrusion 478 formed on the other side of the first shaft portion 520a on the other side of the first binding member 418A and the second bearing portion 460 on the second binding member 418B. And a restricting recess 466 formed by cutting out on the side. The protrusion 476 of the second binding member 418B, the restriction recess 456 of the first binding member 418A, and the protrusion 478 of the first binding member 418A. And the restricting recess 466 of the second binding member 418B include a surface that is locked to an edge opposite to the opening direction of the binding portion 412 when the binding portion 412 is closed.
The projecting portion 478 of the first binding member 418A has a flat surface (extending in the length direction of the binding device 410) that is engaged with the facing portion of the restriction recess 466 of the second binding member 418B on the half split plate 420A side. The opposing portion of the regulating recess 456 of the first binding member 418A is engaged with the protruding portion 476 of the second binding member 418B on the half split plate 420A side (in the length direction of the binding device 410). It has a flat surface.
Further, the protrusion 476 of the second binding member 418B is engaged with the facing portion of the restriction recess 456 of the first binding member 418A on the half split 430A side (extends in the length direction of the binding 410). The opposing portion of the regulating recess 466 of the second binding member 418B is engaged with the protrusion 478 of the first binding member 418A on the half split 430A side (the length of the binding 410). A flat surface extending in the direction).
Further, the other protrusion 476 includes a pivot portion 416 (second shaft portion 530b) on the near side of the pivot portion 416 (second shaft portion 530b) of the second binding member 418B and the other side of the second receiving portion 490. The protruding portion 478 has a length that is substantially the same as the width and is slightly shorter than the restriction recess 456 of the intermediate first bearing portion 450b, and the other protruding portion 478 is a pivot of the first binding member 418A. The intermediate second bearing portion 460b is substantially the same width and substantially the same as the pivot portion 416 (first shaft portion 520b) on the far side of the portion 416 (first shaft portion 520b) and the front side of the first receiving portion 480. The restriction recess 466 is slightly shorter than the restriction recess 466.
There is a gap between the front end of the protrusion 478 of the first receiving part 480 and the other end of the intermediate second bearing part 460b when the binding part 412 is closed, and the protrusion of the second receiving part 490 A gap is formed between the far side end of the portion 476 and the near side end of the intermediate first bearing portion 450b when the binding portion 412 is closed.
Thus, when the binding portion 412 is closed, the plane of the opposing portion of the projection 478 and the restricting recess 456 of the first binding member 418A and the opposite of the protrusion 476 and the restricting recess 466 of the second binding member 418B. Even if the force that pulls the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B apart in the width direction and the force that separates the binding members 412 in the radial direction works, the first binding member 418A The half split bar 420A and the half split bar 430A of the second binding member 418B are not separated.
When the binding portion 412 is opened, the restriction recess 466 and the protrusion 478 of the second bearing portion 460a on the far side slide in the length direction, and the restriction recess 456 and the protrusion 476 of the first bearing portion 450a on the near side. Slides in the length direction, and slides between the projection 478 of the first receiving portion 480 and the regulating recess 466 of the second intermediate bearing portion 460b, and between the projection 476 of the second receiving portion 490 and the middle. The first bearing portion 450b slides with the restriction recess 456. Thus, the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B can be moved relative to each other in the length direction of the binding device 410, and the first binding device 420 and the second binding device 430 are connected to the binding device. 410 can be opened in the width direction.

第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、図35に示すように対称形に形成されており、分離されている第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、図36に示すように、第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478の手前側に第2綴具部材418Bの向こう側の第2軸受部460aの向こう側の先端を位置させ且つ第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476の向こう側に手前側の第1軸受部450aの手前側の先端を位置させて、第1綴具部材418Aの手前側の第1軸受部450aの開口部452及び中間の第1軸受部450bの開口部452より第2綴具部材418Bの手前側の第2軸部530a及び中間の第2軸部530bを嵌入させ且つ第2綴具部材418Bの向こう側の第2軸受部460aの開口部462及び中間の第2軸受部460bの開口部462より第1綴具部材418Aの向こう側の第1軸部520a及び中間の第1軸部520bを嵌入させて、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとを結合する。
それとともに、第1綴具部材418Aと第2綴具部材418Bとは、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを開閉するときに半割杆420Aと半割杆430Aとを綴具410の長さ方向に相対変移するように、枢軸部416を軸受部414に摺動自在に装填されている。
第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bは、第1綴具部材418A側の第1軸受部450に第2綴具部材418Bの第2軸部530を嵌合され且つ第2綴具部材418B側の第2軸受部460に第1綴具部材418Aの第1軸部520を嵌合されたときに、対向する第1受け部480と第2受け部490との間に、収容部482を形成されている。
収容部482は、弾発部材502を装填され、該弾発部材502は、第1受け部480を手前側に押し且つ第2受け部490を向こう側に押して、第1綴具部材418Aの半割杆420Aと第2綴具部材418Bの半割杆430Aとを強く係止させる。
The first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are formed symmetrically as shown in FIG. 35, and the separated first binding member 418A and second binding member 418B are: As shown in FIG. 36, the front end of the second bearing portion 460a on the far side of the second binding member 418B is positioned on the front side of the protrusion 478 of the first binding member 418A, and the second binding member The front end of the first bearing portion 450a on the front side is positioned beyond the protrusion 476 of 418B, and the opening 452 of the first bearing portion 450a on the front side of the first binding member 418A and the intermediate first The second shaft portion 530a on the near side of the second binding member 418B and the intermediate second shaft portion 530b are inserted from the opening 452 of the one bearing portion 450b, and the second bearing portion on the other side of the second binding member 418B. 460a opening 462 and middle second The first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are inserted by inserting the first shaft portion 520a and the intermediate first shaft portion 520b beyond the first binding member 418A from the opening 462 of the bearing portion 460b. Join.
At the same time, the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B connect the half-split 420A and the half-split 430A to the binding 410 when the first binding pin 420 and the second binding pin 430 are opened and closed. The pivot portion 416 is slidably mounted on the bearing portion 414 so as to be relatively displaced in the longitudinal direction.
The first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are configured such that the second shaft portion 530 of the second binding member 418B is fitted to the first bearing portion 450 on the first binding member 418A side and the second binding tool. When the first shaft portion 520 of the first binding tool member 418A is fitted to the second bearing portion 460 on the member 418B side, the accommodating portion is provided between the first receiving portion 480 and the second receiving portion 490 facing each other. 482 is formed.
The accommodating portion 482 is loaded with the elastic member 502, and the elastic member 502 pushes the first receiving portion 480 toward the near side and pushes the second receiving portion 490 away from the other side, so that the half of the first binding member 418A is loaded. The cracker 420A and the half-cotton 430A of the second binding member 418B are firmly locked.

そして、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉鎖したときに、枢軸部416の軸線上において、第1綴具部材418Aは、中間の第1軸受部450bの手前側端面と第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490の向こう側端面とが接し合い、且つ、第2綴具部材418Bは、中間の第2軸受部460bの向こう側端面と第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480の手前側端面とが接し合う。また、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との係合を外して開いたときに、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを、長さ方向において適宜な位置で開くようにするために、枢軸部416の軸線上において、第1綴具部材418Aは、中間の第1軸受部450bの手前側端面と第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490の向こう側端面とが接し合い、且つ、第2綴具部材418Bは、中間の第2軸受部460bの向こう側端面と第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480の手前側端面とが接し合う。   And when the 1st binding rod 420 and the 2nd binding rod 430 are closed, on the axis line of the pivot part 416, the 1st binding tool member 418A is the front side end surface of the intermediate | middle 1st bearing part 450b, and 2nd. The other end surface of the second receiving portion 490 of the binding member 418B is in contact with the other end surface of the second receiving portion 490, and the second end portion of the second bearing portion 460b and the first end of the first binding member 418A are in contact with each other. The front side end face of the receiving portion 480 comes into contact. Further, when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are disengaged and opened, the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are opened at an appropriate position in the length direction. Therefore, on the axis line of the pivot portion 416, the first binding member 418A has a front end surface of the intermediate first bearing portion 450b and a far side end surface of the second receiving portion 490 of the second binding member 418B. In the second binding tool member 418B, the far side end surface of the intermediate second bearing portion 460b and the front side end surface of the first receiving portion 480 of the first binding member 418A are in contact with each other.

また、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉鎖したときに、隣接する第1綴具部材418Aの中間の第1軸受部450bの向こう側端縁と第2綴具部材418Bの向こう側の第2軸受部460aの手前側端縁との間及び隣接する第2綴具部材418Bの中間の第2軸受部460bの手前側端縁と第1綴具部材418Aの手前側の第1軸受部450aの向こう側端縁との間に適宜な間隔をあけて整列される。
(第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを閉鎖したときにおける)隣接する第1綴具部材418Aの中間の第1軸受部450bの向こう側端縁と第2綴具部材418Bの向こう側の第2軸受部460aの手前側端縁との間及び隣接する第2綴具部材418Bの中間の第2軸受部460bの手前側端縁と第1綴具部材418Aの手前側の第1軸受部450aの向こう側端縁との間における適宜な間隔とは、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを軸受部414の長さ方向に相対移動すなわち第2綴杆430を手前側に向けて及び第1綴杆420を向こう側に向けて相対移動させて、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを脱係させるに必要な長さをいう。
Further, when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed, the far side edge of the first bearing portion 450b in the middle of the adjacent first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B are beyond. Between the front side edge of the second bearing portion 460a on the side and the front side edge of the second bearing portion 460b in the middle of the adjacent second binding member 418B and the first side on the front side of the first binding member 418A. The bearing portion 450a is aligned with a far side edge at an appropriate interval.
The far side edge of the first bearing portion 450b in the middle of the adjacent first binding member 418A (when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are closed) and the other side of the second binding member 418B The first bearing on the near side of the second bearing portion 460b in the middle of the adjacent second binding member 418B and the near side edge of the second binding portion 460a and the near side edge of the first binding member 418A. The appropriate distance between the opposite edge of the portion 450a is the relative movement of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the length direction of the bearing portion 414, that is, the second binding rod 430 on the near side. And the first binding rod 420 is moved relative to the other side to disengage the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432. Say length.

また、隣接する第1綴具部材418Aの中間の第1軸受部450bの手前側端縁と第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490の突起部476の先端との間及び隣接する第2綴具部材418Bの中間の第2軸受部460bの向こう側端縁と第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480の突起部478の先端との間に適宜な間隔をあけて整列される。   Further, a second end adjacent to and between the front end edge of the first bearing portion 450b in the middle of the adjacent first binding member 418A and the projection 476 of the second receiving portion 490 of the second binding member 418B. The other end edge of the second bearing portion 460b in the middle of the binding member 418B and the front end of the projection 478 of the first receiving portion 480 of the first binding member 418A are aligned at an appropriate interval.

この実施の形態においては、弾発部材502の押圧力に抗して、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材418Bの第2綴杆430を手前側に移動させて、閉鎖していた第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを開く。
この実施の形態においては、第1綴具部材418Aの手前側の第1軸受部450aは、第2綴具部材418Bの突起部476により手前側が塞がれている。又、第2綴具部材418Bの向こう側の第2軸受部460aは、第1綴具部材418Aの突起部478により向こう側が塞がれている。従って、向こう側の第1軸部520aの向こう側端は、向こう側の突起部478により向こう側の第2軸受部460aから抜け出ることを防止され、手前側の第2軸部530aの手前側端は、手前側の突起部476により手前側の第1軸受部450aから抜け出ることを防止される。
In this embodiment, the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A is moved away from the pressing force of the elastic member 502 and the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B is moved. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 which have been closed are opened.
In this embodiment, the front side of the first bearing portion 450a on the front side of the first binding member 418A is closed by the protrusion 476 of the second binding member 418B. Further, the second bearing portion 460a on the other side of the second binding member 418B is closed on the other side by the protrusion 478 of the first binding member 418A. Therefore, the far side end of the far side first shaft portion 520a is prevented from coming off from the far side second bearing portion 460a by the far side projection portion 478, and the near side end of the near side second shaft portion 530a. Is prevented from coming out of the first bearing portion 450a on the near side by the projection portion 476 on the near side.

前記軸受部414,第1受け部480及び第2受け部490の幅(幅方向における)は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1架設部442と第2綴具部材418Bの第2架設部444とを合わせた幅(幅方向における)と同等又はそれ以下である。又、軸部回転規制部474の領域の幅、すなわち、手前側の第1軸受部450aの対向部領域の幅と突起部476との幅の和及び向こう側の第2軸受部460aの対向部領域の幅と突起部478の幅との和は、第1架設部442の幅と第2架設部444の幅を合わせた幅と同様又はそれ以下である。
これは、軸受部414及び軸部回転規制部474の幅が、第1架設部442の幅と第2架設部444の幅とを合わせた幅と同等又はそれ以下の方が、リーフ1110を360度捲りかえして、枢軸部416及び軸部回転規制部474を挟んでリーフ1110の表面と裏面とを比較的間隔をあけずに接し合わせることができるようにするためである。
The width (in the width direction) of the bearing portion 414, the first receiving portion 480, and the second receiving portion 490 is such that the first erection portion 442 of the first binding member 418A and the second erection portion 444 of the second binding member 418B. Is equal to or less than the combined width (in the width direction). Further, the width of the region of the shaft rotation restricting portion 474, that is, the sum of the width of the facing portion region of the first bearing portion 450a on the near side and the width of the projection portion 476 and the facing portion of the second bearing portion 460a on the far side. The sum of the width of the region and the width of the protrusion 478 is the same as or less than the total width of the first erection part 442 and the second erection part 444.
This is because the width of the bearing portion 414 and the shaft portion rotation restricting portion 474 is equal to or less than the sum of the width of the first erection portion 442 and the width of the second erection portion 444. This is because the front surface and the back surface of the leaf 1110 can be brought into contact with each other with relatively little space between the pivot portion 416 and the shaft portion rotation restricting portion 474.

綴具410の中央あたりに存する前記第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480と第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490との間に形成された収容部482に、前記枢軸部416の長手方向にテンションをかける弾発部材502が、圧縮された状態で介装されている。弾発部材502は、鋼線をコイル形に巻いて作られたコイルバネにより形成され、筒形のコイルバネの輪の中に第1受け部480から収容部482側に突設された弾発部材固定凸部484と第2受け部490から収容部482側に突設された弾発部材固定凸部494とを挿通されている。
そして、弾発部材502は、その向こう側端が第2綴具部材418Bの第2受け部490の手前側端に接し、その手前側端が第1綴具部材418Aの第1受け部480の向こう側端に接して、復元力(均一な)によって第1綴具部材418Aを手前側に押し下げ且つ第2綴具部材418Bを向こう側に押し上げるように構成されている。
而して、弾発部材502は、綴杆部412を閉じているときには、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432とを係合させる方向に作用している。
第1押圧部512及び第2押圧部514を指で押すことにより、係止された第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を外すときには、弾発部材502の弾発力に抗して第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ且つ第2綴具部材418Bの2綴杆430を手前側に移動させて、閉じていた第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とを開く。更に、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430とは、幅方向において外側に(すなわち、第1綴杆420を左側(表側)に回転させ、且つ第2綴杆430を右側(裏側)に)、回転させて、リーフ1110を綴じたり外したりし易くすることができる。
The pivot portion 416 is formed in the receiving portion 482 formed between the first receiving portion 480 of the first binding member 418A and the second receiving portion 490 of the second binding member 418B, which exists around the center of the binding device 410. The elastic member 502 for applying tension in the longitudinal direction of the is inserted in a compressed state. The elastic member 502 is formed of a coil spring formed by winding a steel wire in a coil shape, and is fixed to a elastic member that protrudes from the first receiving portion 480 toward the accommodating portion 482 in a ring of a cylindrical coil spring. The projecting portion 484 and a resilient member fixing projecting portion 494 protruding from the second receiving portion 490 toward the housing portion 482 are inserted.
The elastic member 502 has a far side end in contact with a near side end of the second receiving part 490 of the second binding member 418B, and a near side end of the elastic member 502 of the first receiving part 480 of the first binding member 418A. The first binding member 418A is pushed down toward the near side and the second binding member 418B is pushed up by the restoring force (uniform) in contact with the far side end.
Thus, when the binding portion 412 is closed, the elastic member 502 is in a direction in which the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 are engaged. It is working.
When the first binding portion 512 and the second pressing portion 514 are pressed with a finger, the first binding portion binding portion 422 and the second binding portion binding portion 432 of the first binding portion are removed. The first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A is moved away from the elastic force of the emitting member 502, and the second binding rod 430 of the second binding member 418B is moved to the front side to be closed. Open the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. Further, the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are outward in the width direction (that is, the first binding rod 420 is rotated to the left side (front side), and the second binding rod 430 is moved to the right side (back side). ) And can be rotated to facilitate binding and removal of the leaf 1110.

前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部540を形成されている。
前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020を備える。
The front cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 540 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016.
The cover body 1010 forms the binding portion 412 so that the leaf 1110 bound to the binding portion 412 can be rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 and turned 360 degrees. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are folded in a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the front side to the other side along the longitudinal direction of the connection region that is the center when the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are opened and closed. A bent portion 1020 is provided.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部540は、変形部544を備え、変形部544は、横断面V字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔548を形成されている。
変形部544は、裏表紙部1014の背表紙部1016に近い位置に形成されており、第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、その両脇すなわち、背表紙部1016側と表紙体1010の表表紙部1012の自由端側とに屈曲部550を形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部550より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
変形部544は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、屈曲部550から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attaching portion 540 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deforming portion 544, and the deforming portion 544 is bent in a V-shaped cross section, and the first binding staple binding portion 422 and the second binding staple. A through hole 548 into which the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted is formed so that the locking portion 432 can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The deformable portion 544 is formed at a position close to the back cover portion 1016 of the back cover portion 1014, and a bent portion 1020 is formed at a position away from the second hinge portion 1024, and both sides thereof, that is, the back cover portion 1016. A bent portion 550 is formed on the side and the free end side of the cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 550 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410. .
The deformable portion 544 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010. It has a width that reaches the center of the collar portion 412 and a width that is wider than the distance between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.

この実施の形態においては、変形部544は、背表紙部1016側の第1変形部544Aと裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016に連設された側とは反対側)の第2変形部544Bとを備える。
屈曲部550は、折曲部1020より第2変形部544Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014の自由端側に形成された第2屈曲部550Bと、折曲部1020より第1変形部544Aの幅の長さ分を離れて背表紙部1016側に形成された第1屈曲部550Aとを備える。
折曲部1020と屈曲部550と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは、平行に形成されている。
変形部544は、第1屈曲部550A及び第2屈曲部550Bを谷折りし、折曲部1020を山折りして、第1変形部544A及び第2変形部544Bを横断面V字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 544 includes a first deformable portion 544A on the spine cover portion 1016 side and a free end side of the back cover portion 1014 (the side opposite to the side continuous with the spine portion 1016). 2 deformation part 544B.
The bent portion 550 is separated from the bent portion 1020 by the length of the width of the second deformable portion 544B, and the second bent portion 550B formed on the free end side of the back cover portion 1014 and the bent portion 1020 are the first. The first bent portion 550A formed on the spine portion 1016 side away from the width of the deformable portion 544A.
The bent portion 1020, the bent portion 550, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 544 is formed by valley-folding the first bent portion 550A and the second bent portion 550B, folding the bent portion 1020, and raising the first deformable portion 544A and the second deformable portion 544B into a V-shaped cross section. Formed.

変形部544は、第1変形部544A及び第2変形部544Bの中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔548を穿設されている。
変形部544は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔548を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
変形部544は、折曲部1020とは反対側の貫挿孔548より内側すなわち変形部544の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部544は、屈曲部550から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、屈曲部550とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔548より離れた側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
The deforming portion 544 is provided with an insertion hole 548 for inserting the binding portion 412 in the center of the first deforming portion 544A and the second deforming portion 544B.
The deforming portion 544 has a number of through holes 548 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.
The deforming portion 544 has a bearing portion 414 and a pivot portion 416 inside the through hole 548 on the opposite side to the bent portion 1020, that is, in the central region of the deforming portion 544 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. Located above.
The deformable portion 544 rises from the bent portion 550 toward the inside of the cover body 1010, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod are separated from the bent portion 550, that is, on the side away from the insertion hole 548. 430 and the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.

貫挿孔548は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部544の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔548は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔548は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 548 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 544 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430 can be disengaged from the binding rod locking portion 432 of the second binding rod. Is formed.
The through hole 548 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 548 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔548は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔548と貫挿孔548との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
屈曲部550(第1屈曲部550A及び第2屈曲部550B)及び折曲部1020と貫挿孔548との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022並びに第2ヒンジ部1024及び第1屈曲部550A並びに第2屈曲部550Bにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部544A及び第2変形部544Bの長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、屈曲部550の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき、且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020の一方側に形成された第1変形部544Aの第1貫挿孔548Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、折曲部1020の他方側に形成された第1変形部544Aの第2貫挿孔548Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、第1屈曲部550Aより立ち上がった第1変形部544Aと第2屈曲部550Bより立ち上がった第2変形部544Bの中間の折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部544の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部544の下側面との間に位置させ且つ第1変形部544Aの外側と第2変形部544Bの外側との間に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
The through hole 548 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. A gap is provided between adjacent through holes 548 so that they can be moved and disengaged, and the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed with the pivot 416 as a center. It is inserted.
The bent portions 550 (the first bent portion 550A and the second bent portion 550B) and the intervals between the bent portion 1020 and the insertion hole 548 are the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the first bent portion 550A, and the first bent portion 550A. 2 At the bent portion 550B, when the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate shape with the inner surface facing outside and the outer surfaces facing each other, the binding is performed outside the folding portion 1020. The length of the pivot portion 416 of the tool 410 can be positioned.
The lengths of the first deformable portion 544A and the second deformable portion 544B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded at the bent portion 1020 so that the front cover body 1010 faces the outer surface and the outer surface faces In addition, when the plate is formed into a flat plate shape, the length is such that the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be located outside the bent portion 550 and the bent portion 1020 can be located outside the pivot portion 416.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 548A of the first deformation portion 544A formed on one side of the bent portion 1020 is inserted into the first binding rod 420 and formed on the other side of the bent portion 1020. The second insertion hole 548B of the formed first deformation portion 544A is inserted into the second binding rod 430, and the first deformation portion 544A that rises from the first bending portion 550A and the second that rises from the second bending portion 550B. The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover 1010 with the bent portion 1020 in the middle of the deformable portion 544B positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inner side of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connecting area and the pivot area of the binding tool 410 are below the deforming portion 544 and outside the back cover portion 1014. It is attached to the back cover portion 1014 so as to be positioned between the lower surface of the deformable portion 544 and between the outer side of the first deformable portion 544A and the outer side of the second deformable portion 544B.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、裏表紙部1014において、背表紙部1016に近い位置に、裏表紙部1014の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020及び/又は屈曲部550を形成されている。
前記取付部540の貫挿孔548は、表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び/又は屈曲部550において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部550との間に綴具410の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔548に緩挿されて、取付部540に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 has a bent portion 1020 and / or a bent portion extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the back cover portion 1014. A portion 550 is formed.
The through hole 548 of the mounting portion 540 has a cover portion (cover cover portion 1012) that is opposed when the cover body 1010 is turned approximately 360 degrees in the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and / or the bent portion 550. , The back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016), and is formed at a portion where the binding tool 410 is attached so as to be located near the bent portion 1020, and between the bent portion 550 and the binding portion 410. The connecting region and / or the pivoting region are formed with an interval larger than the width.
The binding tool 410 is located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A are disposed on the outer side. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the through-holes 548 and attached to the attachment portion 540 and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (cover cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).

綴具410は、軸受部414が裏表紙部1014側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が表表紙部1012側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが背表紙部1016側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。
変形部544は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022,第2ヒンジ部1024,第1屈曲部550A及び第2屈曲部550Bの外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located on the back cover portion 1014 side, the free end 420b of the half split plate 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split plate 430A are located on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the first binding member When 418A is positioned on the spine portion 1016 side and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is configured to be positioned on the second binding 430 side.
The deformable portion 544 is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022, second hinge portion 1024, first bent portion 550A, and second bent portion 550B of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened. Further, on the extended line or extended surface of the cover body 1010, the cover body 1010 extends outward in a substantially parallel or oblique manner to the flat cover body 1010.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410に綴じられたリーフ1110及び表紙体1010の表表紙部1012は、図43において示すように、枢軸部416側に向けて捲りかえされ、閉じられて積層されていたときのリーフの表側1110aとリーフの裏側1110bとを枢軸部416を挟んで向かい合わせるようにして、筆記等に用いることができる。   As shown in FIG. 43, the leaf 1110 bound to the binding tool 410 and the front cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010 are turned toward the pivot portion 416 side and closed, and the front side of the leaf is stacked. 1110a and the back side 1110b of the leaf can be used for writing or the like by facing each other with the pivot 416 interposed therebetween.

綴具410は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に、リーフ1110の高さ方向に適宜な間隔をあけて連続して設けられた綴じ穴1112を貫挿し、リーフ1110の高さ方向にのびる綴じ代側端縁514の側に枢軸部416を位置させ、綴じ穴1112と綴じ代側端縁514との間に第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が架け渡されるようにして、リーフ1110を綴じ、手帳を形成する。
綴具410は、綴具410の長さ方向が、幅方向にのびる端縁に綴じ穴1112を形成したリーフ1110の幅方向にのびるように、リーフ1110を綴じて、手帳を形成してもよい。
The binding tool 410 is inserted into the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 through a binding hole 1112 continuously provided at an appropriate interval in the height direction of the leaf 1110, and the height direction of the leaf 1110 is inserted. The pivot portion 416 is positioned on the side of the binding margin side edge 514 extending so that the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are bridged between the binding hole 1112 and the binding margin side edge 514. The leaf 1110 is bound to form a notebook.
The binding tool 410 may form a notebook by binding the leaf 1110 so that the length direction of the binding tool 410 extends in the width direction of the leaf 1110 in which the binding hole 1112 is formed in the edge extending in the width direction. .

表紙体及び取付部は、次のように構成してもよい。
図45は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図46は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3140を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部3150を備える。
You may comprise a cover body and an attaching part as follows.
FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing another attachment portion, and FIG. 46 is a plan view solution view of the cover body showing another attachment portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3140 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 includes a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region which becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed 3150.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3140は、変形部3144を備え、変形部3144は、横断面L字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3148を形成されている。
変形部3144は、裏表紙部1014の背表紙部1016に近い位置に形成されており、第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、その両脇すなわち、背表紙部1016側と表紙体1010の表表紙部1012の自由端側とに屈曲部3150を形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部3150より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
変形部3144は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、屈曲部3150から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3140 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformable portion 3144. The deformable portion 3144 is bent into an L-shaped cross section, and the first staple binding portion 422 and the second binding staple. A through hole 3148 is formed through which the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted so that the locking portion 432 can be moved in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The deformable portion 3144 is formed at a position close to the back cover portion 1016 of the back cover portion 1014, and a bent portion 1020 is formed at a position away from the second hinge portion 1024, and both sides thereof, that is, the back cover portion 1016. The bent portion 3150 is formed on the side and the free end side of the cover portion 1012 of the cover body 1010, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 3150 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410. .
The deformable portion 3144 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010. It has a width that reaches the center of the collar portion 412 and a width that is wider than the distance between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.

この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020は、第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において形成された、2条の折曲部(第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020B)により形成される。
変形部3144は、背表紙部1016側の第1変形部3144Aと裏表紙部1014の自由端側(背表紙部1016に連設された側とは反対側)の第2変形部3144Bとを備える。
屈曲部3150は、第1折曲部1020Aより第1変形部3144Aの幅の長さ分を離れて背表紙部1016側に形成された第1屈曲部3150Aと、第2折曲部1020Bより第2変形部3144Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014の自由端側に形成された第2屈曲部3150Bとを備える。
折曲部1020と屈曲部3150と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは、平行に形成されている。
変形部3144は、第1屈曲部3150A及び第2屈曲部3150Bを谷折りし、第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020Bを山折りして、第1変形部3144A及び第2変形部3144Bを横断面略U字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
In this embodiment, the bent portion 1020 is formed by two bent portions (a first bent portion 1020A and a second bent portion 1020B) formed at positions distant from the second hinge portion 1024. Is done.
The deformable portion 3144 includes a first deformable portion 3144A on the spine cover portion 1016 side and a second deformable portion 3144B on the free end side of the back cover portion 1014 (the side opposite to the side continuously provided on the spine cover portion 1016). .
The bent portion 3150 is separated from the first bent portion 1020A by the width of the first deformable portion 3144A and is formed on the spine portion 1016 side by the first bent portion 3150A and the second bent portion 1020B. And a second bent portion 3150B formed on the free end side of the back cover portion 1014 with a distance corresponding to the width of the second deformable portion 3144B.
The bent portion 1020, the bent portion 3150, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 3144 is formed by valley-folding the first bent portion 3150A and the second bent portion 3150B, folding the first bent portion 1020A and the second bent portion 1020B, and forming the first deformable portion 3144A and the second deformable portion. 3144B is formed to have a substantially U-shaped cross section.

変形部3144は、第1変形部3144A及び第2変形部3144Bの中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3148を穿設されている。
変形部3144は、折曲部1020とは反対側の貫挿孔3148より内側すなわち変形部3144の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3144は、屈曲部3150から表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、第1変形部3144A及び第2変形部3144Bとは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3148より離れた側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430の間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3144は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3148を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
The deformation part 3144 is provided with an insertion hole 3148 for inserting the binding part 412 in the center of the first deformation part 3144A and the second deformation part 3144B.
The deforming portion 3144 has a bearing portion 414 and a pivot portion 416 inside the through hole 3148 on the side opposite to the bent portion 1020, that is, in the central region of the deforming portion 3144 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. Located above.
The deformable portion 3144 rises from the bent portion 3150 toward the inner side of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the first deformable portion 3144A and the second deformable portion 3144B, that is, the side away from the through hole 3148 is the first. It is positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416 between the binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.
The deforming portion 3144 has a number of through holes 3148 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3148は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3144の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3148は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔3148は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3148 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 3144 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430 can be disengaged from the binding rod locking portion 432 of the second binding rod. Is formed.
The through hole 3148 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 3148 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3148は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3148と貫挿孔3148との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
折曲部1020及び屈曲部3150と貫挿孔3148との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022並びに第2ヒンジ部1024及び第1屈曲部3150A並びに第2屈曲部3150Bにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、屈曲部3150の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき、且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部3144A及び第2変形部3144Bの長さは、屈曲部3150において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1折曲部1020Aの一方側に形成された第1変形部3144Aの第1貫挿孔3148Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、第2折曲部1020Bの他方側に形成された第2変形部3144Bの第2貫挿孔3148Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、第1屈曲部3150Aより立ち上がった第1変形部3144Aと第2屈曲部3150Bより立ち上がった第2変形部3144Bの中間の折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3144の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部3144の下側面との間に位置させ且つ第1変形部3144Aの外側と第2変形部3144Bの外側との間に位置させて、裏表紙部1014に取り付けられている。
The insertion hole 3148 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. In order to be able to move and disengage, a gap is provided between adjacent through holes 3148 and the through holes 3148 so that the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed with the pivot 416 as a center. It is inserted.
The interval between the bent portion 1020 and the bent portion 3150 and the through hole 3148 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover are the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the first bent portion 3150A, and the second bent portion 3150B. The pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be located outside the bent portion 3150 when the cover portion 1014 is folded back and the cover body 1010 is flattened with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. The length 1020 is configured to be positioned outside the pivot portion 416.
The lengths of the first deformable portion 3144A and the second deformable portion 3144B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 3150, the front cover body 1010 faces the outer surface, and the outer surfaces face each other. Thus, when the plate is made flat, the length is such that the pivotal portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 3148A of the first deformation portion 3144A formed on one side of the first bent portion 1020A is inserted into the first binding rod 420, and the second bent portion 1020B is inserted. From the first deformed portion 3144A and the second bent portion 3150B rising from the first bent portion 3150A by inserting the second insertion hole 3148B of the second deformed portion 3144B formed on the other side into the second binding rod 430. The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover sheet 1010 with the middle bent portion 1020 of the raised second deformable portion 3144B positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inner side of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016. Positioned between the lower surface of the deformable portion 3144 and positioned between the outside of the first deformable portion 3144A and the outside of the second deformable portion 3144B, the back cover portion 1014 is attached.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012又は裏表紙部1014において、背表紙部1016に近い位置に、表表紙部1012又は裏表紙部1014の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020及び屈曲部3150を形成されている。
前記取付部3140の貫挿孔3148は、表紙体1010を第1ヒンジ部1022、第2ヒンジ部1024及び屈曲部3150において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3150との間に綴具410の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3148に緩挿されて、取付部3140に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3144は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022,第2ヒンジ部1024,第1屈曲部3150A及び第2屈曲部3150Bの外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 has a height direction (longitudinal direction) of the front cover portion 1012 or the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the front cover portion 1012 or the back cover portion 1014. A bent part 1020 and a bent part 3150 are formed.
The through hole 3148 of the mounting portion 3140 has a cover portion (cover cover portion 1012, back surface) facing when the cover body 1010 is turned approximately 360 degrees in the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and the bent portion 3150. The binding area of the binding device 410 is formed between the bent portion 3150 and the bent portion 3150 so as to be positioned between the cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the bent portion 1020. And / or spaced beyond the width of the pivot region.
The binding tool 410 is located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A are disposed on the outer side. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the insertion holes 3148 and attached to the attachment portion 3140, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (the front cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).
The deformable portion 3144 is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022, second hinge portion 1024, first bent portion 3150A, and second bent portion 3150B of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened. Further, on the extended line or the extended surface of the cover body 1010, the cover sheet body 1010 extends outward in parallel or obliquely with the flat cover body 1010.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が裏表紙部1014側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が表表紙部1012側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが背表紙部1016側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located on the back cover portion 1014 side, the free end 420b of the half split plate 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split plate 430A are located on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the first binding member When 418A is positioned on the spine portion 1016 side and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is configured to be positioned on the second binding 430 side.

図47は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図48は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3240を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部3250を備える。
FIG. 47 is an illustrative sectional view showing another attaching portion, and FIG. 48 is a plan illustrative view of a cover body showing another attaching portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3240 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 has a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region which becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed 3250.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3240は、変形部3244を備え、変形部3244は、横断面V字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3248を形成されている。
変形部3244は、背表紙部1016に形成されており、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024を屈曲部3250として形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部3250より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
変形部3244は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3240 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformable portion 3244. The deformable portion 3244 is bent into a V-shaped cross section, and the first binding staple binding portion 422 and the second binding staple. A through-hole 3248 is formed through which the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted so that the locking portion 432 can be moved in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The deformable portion 3244 is formed on the spine portion 1016, a bent portion 1020 is formed at a position away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, and the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed. Is formed as a bent portion 3250, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 3250 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410.
The deformable portion 3244 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010. The first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge The width from the portion 1024 to the center of the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 and a width wider than the interval between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are provided.

この実施の形態においては、変形部3244は、表表紙部1012側の第1変形部3244Aと裏表紙部1014側の第2変形部3244Bとを備える。
屈曲部3250は、折曲部1020より第1変形部3244Aの幅の長さ分を離れて表表紙部1012側に形成された第1屈曲部3250Aと、折曲部1020より第2変形部3244Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014側に形成された第2屈曲部3250Bとを備える。
屈曲部3250と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは、平行に形成されている。
変形部3244は、第1屈曲部3250A及び第2屈曲部3250Bを谷折りし、折曲部1020を山折りして、第1変形部3244A及び第2変形部3244Bを横断面V字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
In this embodiment, the deforming portion 3244 includes a first deforming portion 3244A on the front cover portion 1012 side and a second deforming portion 3244B on the back cover portion 1014 side.
The bent portion 3250 is separated from the bent portion 1020 by a length corresponding to the width of the first deformable portion 3244A, and the first bent portion 3250A is formed on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the bent portion 1020 is a second deformed portion 3244B. And a second bent portion 3250B formed on the back cover portion 1014 side apart by the length of the width.
The bent portion 3250, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 3244 folds the first bent portion 3250A and the second bent portion 3250B, folds the bent portion 1020, and raises the first deformable portion 3244A and the second deformable portion 3244B into a V-shaped cross section. Formed.

変形部3244は、第1変形部3244A及び第2変形部3244Bの中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3248を穿設されている。
変形部3244は、第1屈曲部3250A及び第2屈曲部3250Bとは反対側の貫挿孔3248より内側すなわち変形部3244の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3244は、表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、第1屈曲部3250A及び第2屈曲部3250Bとは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3248より離れた側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3244は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3248を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
The deformation portion 3244 is provided with an insertion hole 3248 for inserting the binding portion 412 in the center of the first deformation portion 3244A and the second deformation portion 3244B.
The deforming portion 3244 is located inside the through hole 3248 opposite to the first bent portion 3250A and the second bent portion 3250B, that is, the central region of the deformed portion 3244 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. It is located above the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416.
The deformable portion 3244 rises inward of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the first bent portion 3250A and the second bent portion 3250B, that is, the side away from the through hole 3248 is the first binding pin 420. The second binding rod 430 is positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The deforming portion 3244 has a number of through holes 3248 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3248は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3244の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3248は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔3248は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3248 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 3244 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430 can be disengaged from the binding pin locking portion 432 of the second binding rod. Is formed.
The through hole 3248 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 3248 having a substantially L-shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3248は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3248と貫挿孔3248との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
屈曲部3250(第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024)及び折曲部1020と貫挿孔3248との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、屈曲部3250の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部3244A及び第2変形部3244Bの長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020の一方側に形成された第1変形部3244Aの第1貫挿孔3248Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、折曲部1020の他方側に形成された第2変形部3244Bの第2貫挿孔3248Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、第1屈曲部3250Aより立ち上がった第1変形部3244Aと第2屈曲部3250Bより立ち上がった第2変形部3244Bの中間の折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3244の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部3244の下側面(外側面)との間に位置させて、背表紙部1016に取り付けられている。
The through hole 3248 extends the first binding rod 420 and the first binding rod locking portion 422 of the second binding rod 430 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. A gap is provided between adjacent through holes 3248 and the through holes 3248 so that they can be moved and disengaged, so that the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed around the pivot 416. It is inserted.
The distance between the bent portion 3250 (the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024) and the bent portion 1020 and the through hole 3248 is the same as that of the front cover portion 1012 and the back surface in the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024. When the cover portion 1014 is folded and the cover body 1010 is flattened with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surfaces facing each other, the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 3250 and the bent portion. The length 1020 is configured to be positioned outside the pivot portion 416.
The lengths of the first deformable portion 3244A and the second deformable portion 3244B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded at the bent portion 1020 so that the front cover body 1010 faces the outer surface and the outer surface faces the outer surface. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020 when the plate portion is formed into a flat plate shape.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 3248A of the first deformation portion 3244A formed on one side of the bent portion 1020 is inserted into the first binding rod 420 and formed on the other side of the bent portion 1020. The second insertion hole 3248B of the second deformed portion 3244B thus inserted is inserted into the second binding rod 430, and the first deformed portion 3244A rising from the first bent portion 3250A and the second bent portion 3250B rising from the second bent portion 3250B. The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover 1010 with the middle bent portion 1020 of the deformable portion 3244B positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inner side of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016. Positioned between the lower surface (outer surface) of the deformable portion 3244 and attached to the spine portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部3240の貫挿孔3248は、表紙体1010を屈曲部3250(第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024)において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3250との間に綴具410の連結領域又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3248に緩挿されて、取付部3240に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3244は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the spine cover portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine cover portion 1016.
The through hole 3248 of the mounting portion 3240 has a cover portion (cover cover portion 1012, opposite) when the cover body 1010 is turned approximately 360 degrees in the bent portion 3250 (first hinge portion 1022 and second hinge portion 1024). The binding device 410 is connected to the bent portion 3250 and formed between the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) and in the vicinity of the bent portion 1020. It is formed with an interval greater than the width of the region or the pivot region.
The binding tool 410 is located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A are disposed on the outer side. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the through holes 3248 and attached to the attachment portion 3240, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (cover cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).
The deformable portion 3244 is an extension line or an extension surface of the cover body 1010 that is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024 of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened. On the upper side, the cover body 1010 in a flat state extends outwardly in parallel or obliquely.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が背表紙部1016の外側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が表表紙部1012及び裏表紙部1014の内側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが表表紙部1012側に位置し、第2綴具部材418Bが裏表紙部1014側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located outside the back cover portion 1016, and the free end 420b of the half split collar 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split collar 430A are located inside the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014. When the first binding member 418A is positioned on the front cover portion 1012 side and the second binding member 418B is positioned on the back cover portion 1014 side and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is in the first binding position. It is comprised so that it may be located in the collar 420 and the 2nd binding collar 430 side.

図49は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図50は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3340を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部3350を備える。
FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing another attachment portion, and FIG. 50 is a plan view solution view of a cover body showing another attachment portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3340 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 includes a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region which becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed 3350.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3340は、変形部3344を備え、変形部3344は、横断面略U字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3348を形成されている。
変形部3344は、背表紙部1016に形成されており、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、その両側すなわち、第1ヒンジ部1022側と第2ヒンジ部1024側とに屈曲部3350を形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部3350より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
変形部3344は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、屈曲部3350から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3340 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformation portion 3344, and the deformation portion 3344 is bent into a substantially U-shaped cross section, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding. A through-hole 3348 is formed through which the binding hook portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted so that the hook locking portion 432 can be moved in the longitudinal direction of the coupling region.
The deformable portion 3344 is formed on the spine portion 1016 and is formed with a bent portion 1020 at a position away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, and on both sides thereof, that is, the first hinge portion 1022 side. A bent portion 3350 is formed on the second hinge portion 1024 side, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 3350 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410.
The deformable portion 3344 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010. It has a width that reaches the center of the collar portion 412 and a width that is wider than the distance between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.

この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において形成された、2条の折曲部(第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020B)により形成される。
変形部3344は、表表紙部1012側の第1変形部3344Aと裏表紙部1014側の第2変形部3344Bとを備える。
屈曲部3350は、第1折曲部1020Aより第1変形部3344Aの幅の長さ分を離れて表表紙部1012側に形成された第1屈曲部3350Aと、第2折曲部1020Bより第2変形部3344Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014側に形成された第2屈曲部3350Bとを備える。
折曲部1020と屈曲部3350と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは、平行に形成されている。
変形部3344は、第1屈曲部3350A及び第2屈曲部3350Bを谷折りし、第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020Bを山折りして、第1変形部3344A及び第2変形部3344Bを横断面略U字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
In this embodiment, the bent portion 1020 is formed of two bent portions (the first bent portion 1020A and the second folded portion) formed at positions separated from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024. Bend 1020B).
The deformation portion 3344 includes a first deformation portion 3344A on the front cover portion 1012 side and a second deformation portion 3344B on the back cover portion 1014 side.
The bent portion 3350 is separated from the first bent portion 1020A by the length of the width of the first deformable portion 3344A and the first bent portion 3350A formed on the front cover portion 1012 side and the second bent portion 1020B And a second bent portion 3350B formed on the back cover portion 1014 side apart from the width of the second deformable portion 3344B.
The bent portion 1020, the bent portion 3350, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 3344 is formed by valley-folding the first bent portion 3350A and the second bent portion 3350B, and mountain-folding the first bent portion 1020A and the second bent portion 1020B, so that the first deformable portion 3344A and the second deformable portion. 3344B is formed with a substantially U-shaped cross section.

変形部3344は、第1変形部3344A及び第2変形部3344Bの中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3348を穿設されている。
変形部3344は、屈曲部3350とは反対側の貫挿孔3348より内側すなわち変形部3344の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3344は、表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、屈曲部3350とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3348より離れた側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3344は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3348を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
The deformation portion 3344 is provided with an insertion hole 3348 for inserting the binding portion 412 in the center of the first deformation portion 3344A and the second deformation portion 3344B.
The deformation portion 3344 is located inside the through hole 3348 opposite to the bending portion 3350, that is, in the central region of the deformation portion 3344, between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and between the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416. Position it above.
The deformable portion 3344 rises inward of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the bent portion 3350, that is, a side away from the through hole 3348 is between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. Thus, it is positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The deforming portion 3344 has a number of through holes 3348 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3348は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3344の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3348は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3348 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 3344 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A can be disengaged from the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430. Is formed.
The through hole 3348 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, a region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430) is formed by a narrow hole, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the thick pivot 416 (or bearing) is formed. The region located in the portion 414) is formed by a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3348は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3348と貫挿孔3348との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
屈曲部3350(第1屈曲部3350A及び第2屈曲部3350B)及び第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020Bと貫挿孔3348との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、屈曲部3350の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部3344A及び第2変形部3344Bの長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1折曲部1020Aの一方側に形成された第1変形部3344Aの第1貫挿孔3348Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、第2折曲部1020Bの他方側に形成された第2変形部3344Bの第2貫挿孔3348Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、第1屈曲部3350Aより立ち上がった第1変形部3344Aと第2屈曲部3350Bより立ち上がった第2変形部3344Bとの中間の折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3344の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部3344の下側面(外側面)との間に位置させて、背表紙部1016に取り付けられている。
The through hole 3348 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. A gap is provided between adjacent through holes 3348 and the through holes 3348 so that they can be moved and disengaged, and the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed around the pivot 416. It is inserted.
The interval between the bent portion 3350 (the first bent portion 3350A and the second bent portion 3350B), the first bent portion 1020A and the second bent portion 1020B, and the through hole 3348 is the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion. In 1024, when the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate shape with the inner surface on the outer side and the outer surface facing each other, the pivotal axis of the binding tool 410 is placed outside the bent portion 3350. The portion 416 can be positioned, and the bent portion 1020 can be positioned outside the pivot portion 416.
Further, the lengths of the first deformable portion 3344A and the second deformable portion 3344B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020 so that the front cover body 1010 faces the outer surface and faces the outer surface. In addition, it is configured to have such a length that the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020 when it is made flat.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 3348A of the first deformation portion 3344A formed on one side of the first bending portion 1020A is inserted into the first binding rod 420, and the second bending portion 1020B is inserted. From the first deformed portion 3344A and the second bent portion 3350B rising from the first bent portion 3350A by inserting the second insertion hole 3348B of the second deformed portion 3344B formed on the other side into the second binding rod 430. The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover sheet 1010 with the bent portion 1020 intermediate the raised second deformable portion 3344B positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection area and the pivot area of the binding tool 410 are below the deforming portion 3344 and outside the back cover portion 1014. Positioned between the lower surface (outer surface) of the deformable portion 3344 and attached to the spine portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部3340の貫挿孔3348は、表紙体1010を、第1ヒンジ部1022並びに第2ヒンジ部1024、折曲部1020(第1折曲部1020A及び第2折曲部1020B)、屈曲部3350(第1屈曲部3350A及び第2屈曲部3350B)において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3350との間に綴具410の連結領域又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、軸受部414及び枢軸部416が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3348に緩挿されて、取付部3340に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3344は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022,第2ヒンジ部1024,第1屈曲部3350A及び第2屈曲部3350Bの外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the spine cover portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine cover portion 1016.
The through hole 3348 of the mounting portion 3340 includes a cover body 1010, a first hinge portion 1022, a second hinge portion 1024, a bent portion 1020 (first bent portion 1020A and second bent portion 1020B), and a bent portion. 3350 (the first bent portion 3350A and the second bent portion 3350B) is bent between the front cover portions (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) that face each other when turned approximately 360 degrees. It is formed in a part to which the binding tool 410 can be attached so as to be located near the portion 1020, and is formed with a space more than the width of the connecting region or the pivoting region of the binding device 410 between the bending portion 3350. .
In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416 are located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016. When one or both of the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418B is loosely inserted into the insertion hole 3348 and attached to the attachment portion 3340, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion of the binding device 410 When 412 is located on the inner surface of the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has the cover portion (cover cover portion 1012). The back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are formed so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020 that is bent away from the inner surface.
The deformable portion 3344 is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022, second hinge portion 1024, first bent portion 3350A and second bent portion 3350B of the cover body 1010 which is opened and flattened. Further, on the extended line or extended surface of the cover body 1010, the cover body 1010 extends outward in a substantially parallel or oblique manner to the flat cover body 1010.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が背表紙部1016の外側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が背表紙部1016の内側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが表表紙部1012側に位置し、第2綴具部材418Bが裏表紙部1014側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located outside the spine cover portion 1016, the free end 420b of the half split collar 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split collar 430A are located inside the spine cover portion 1016, and the first binding When the tool member 418A is located on the front cover portion 1012 side, the second binding member 418B is located on the back cover portion 1014 side, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is the first binding pin 420 and the second binding staple 420. It is comprised so that it may be located in the binding 430 side.

図51は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図52は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3440を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部3450を備える。
FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing another attachment portion, and FIG. 52 is a plan view view of a cover body showing another attachment portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3440 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 has a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region which becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed 3450.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3440は、変形部3444を備え、変形部3444は、横断面略I字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3448を形成されている。
変形部3444は、背表紙部1016に形成されており、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、その両脇すなわち、裏表紙部1014側と表表紙部1012側とに屈曲部3450を形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部3450より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
折曲部1020と屈曲部3450と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024は、平行に形成されている。
変形部3444は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、屈曲部3450から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3440 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformable portion 3444, which is bent into a substantially I-shaped cross section, and the first staple binding portion 422 and the second staple binding. A through hole 3448 is formed through which the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted so that the hook engaging portion 432 can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The deformable portion 3444 is formed on the spine portion 1016, and a bent portion 1020 is formed at a position away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, and on both sides thereof, that is, on the back cover portion 1014 side. A bent portion 3450 is formed on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 3450 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410.
The bent portion 1020, the bent portion 3450, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 3444 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010. It has a width that reaches the center of the collar portion 412 and a width that is wider than the distance between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.

この実施の形態においては、変形部3444は、表表紙部1012側の第1変形部3444Aと裏表紙部1014側の第2変形部3444Bとを備える。
屈曲部3450は、第1ヒンジ部1022より第1変形部3444Aの幅の長さ分を離れて表表紙部1012側に形成された第1屈曲部3450Aと、第2ヒンジ部1024より第2変形部3444Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014側に形成された第2屈曲部3450Bとを備える。
変形部3444は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024並びに第1屈曲部3450A及び第2屈曲部3450Bを谷折りし、折曲部1020を山折りして、第1変形部3444Aを表表紙部1012と直交させ且つ第2変形部3444Bを裏表紙部1014と直交させるとともに、第1屈曲部3450Aと折曲部1020との間及び第2屈曲部3450Bと折曲部1020との間を横断面略I字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
変形部3444は、その中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3448を穿設されている。
変形部3444は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは反対側の貫挿孔3448より内側すなわち変形部3444の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3444は、表紙体1010の内方において立ち上げて、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3448より離れた側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3444は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3448を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
In this embodiment, the deformation portion 3444 includes a first deformation portion 3444A on the front cover portion 1012 side and a second deformation portion 3444B on the back cover portion 1014 side.
The bent portion 3450 is separated from the first hinge portion 1022 by the length of the width of the first deformable portion 3444A, and the first bent portion 3450A formed on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the second deformed portion from the second hinge portion 1024. And a second bent portion 3450B formed on the back cover portion 1014 side by a distance corresponding to the width of the portion 3444B.
The deformable portion 3444 is formed by valley-folding the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the first bent portion 3450A, and the second bent portion 3450B, and folding the bent portion 1020 in a mountain, thereby representing the first deformable portion 3444A. While making it orthogonal to the cover part 1012 and making the 2nd deformation part 3444B orthogonal to the back cover part 1014, between the 1st bending part 3450A and the bending part 1020, and between the 2nd bending part 3450B and the bending part 1020. The cross section is formed to have a substantially I shape.
The deformation portion 3444 is provided with a through hole 3448 through which the binding portion 412 is inserted.
The deforming portion 3444 is located inside the through hole 3448 opposite to the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, that is, the central region of the deforming portion 3444 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. It is located above the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416.
The deformable portion 3444 rises inward of the cover body 1010, and a region away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, that is, a side away from the insertion hole 3448 is the first binding rod 420 and the second binding portion 3444. It is located above the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416 with the binding 430.
The deformation portion 3444 is formed with a number of through holes 3448 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3448は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3444の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3448は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔3448は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3448 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 3444 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430 can be disengaged from the binding rod locking portion 432 of the second binding rod. Is formed.
The through hole 3448 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 3448 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3448は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3448と貫挿孔3448との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
屈曲部3450(第1屈曲部3450A及び第2屈曲部3450B)と貫挿孔3448との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024と第1屈曲部3450A及び第2屈曲部3450Bとにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部3444A及び第2変形部3444Bの長さは、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020の一方側に形成された第1変形部3444Aの第1貫挿孔3448Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、折曲部1020の他方側に形成された第2変形部3444Bの第2貫挿孔3448Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、第1屈曲部3450A及び第2屈曲部3450Bより立ち上げられた折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3444の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部3444の下側面(外側面)との間に位置させて、背表紙部1016に取り付けられている。
The through hole 3448 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. In order to be able to move and disengage, a gap is provided between adjacent through holes 3448 and the through holes 3448 so that the binding bar 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed around the pivot 416. It is inserted.
The interval between the bent portion 3450 (the first bent portion 3450A and the second bent portion 3450B) and the insertion hole 3448 is the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the first bent portion 3450A, and the second bent portion 3450B. When the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate shape with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surfaces facing each other, the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024 The length is configured such that the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be located outside and the bent portion 1020 can be located outside the pivot portion 416.
The lengths of the first deformation portion 3444A and the second deformation portion 3444B are the same as those of the front cover portion 1012 and the back surface of the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024. When the cover 1010 is folded back and the cover 1010 is flattened with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surfaces facing each other, the length is such that the pivotal portion 416 of the binding 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020. It is configured.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 3448A of the first deformation portion 3444A formed on one side of the bent portion 1020 is inserted into the first binding rod 420 and formed on the other side of the bent portion 1020. The second insertion hole 3448B of the second deformed portion 3444B is inserted into the second binding rod 430, and the bent portion 1020 raised from the first bent portion 3450A and the second bent portion 3450B is used as the bearing portion 414. The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover body 1010 so as to be positioned above the pivot portion 416.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection area and the pivot area of the binding tool 410 are located below the deforming portion 3444 and outside the back cover portion 1014. Positioned between the lower surface (outer surface) of the deformable portion 3444 and attached to the spine portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部3440の貫挿孔3448は、表紙体1010を、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024、屈曲部3450(第1屈曲部3450A及び第2屈曲部3450B)において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3450との間に綴具410の連結領域又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3448に緩挿されて、取付部3440に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3444は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the spine cover portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine cover portion 1016.
The through hole 3448 of the mounting portion 3440 turns the cover body 1010 approximately 360 degrees at the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, and the bent portion 3450 (the first bent portion 3450A and the second bent portion 3450B). Is formed at a portion where the binding tool 410 is attached so as to be located between the facing cover portions (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and near the bent portion 1020. In addition, a gap larger than the width of the connecting region or the pivoting region of the binding tool 410 is formed between the bent portion 3450 and the bent portion 3450.
The binding tool 410 is located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A are disposed on the outer side. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the through-holes 3448 and attached to the attachment portion 3440 and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (cover cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).
The deformable portion 3444 is an extension line or an extension surface of the cover body 1010 which is flattened outside the first hinge part 1022 and the second hinge part 1024 where the cover body 1010 which is opened and flattened is bent. On the upper side, the cover body 1010 in a flat state extends outwardly in parallel or obliquely.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が背表紙部1016の外側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が背表紙部1016の内側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが表表紙部1012側に位置し、第2綴具部材418Bが背表紙部1014側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located outside the spine cover portion 1016, the free end 420b of the half split collar 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split collar 430A are located inside the spine cover portion 1016, and the first binding When the tool member 418A is positioned on the front cover portion 1012 side, the second binding member 418B is positioned on the spine cover portion 1014 side, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is the first binding pin 420 and the second binding pin 420. It is comprised so that it may be located in the binding 430 side.

図53は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図54は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3540を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020及び屈曲部3550を備える。
FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing another attachment portion, and FIG. 54 is a plan view solution view of a cover body showing another attachment portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3540 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 has a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A bent portion 1020 and a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region which becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed 3550.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3540は、変形部3544を備え、変形部3544は、横断面略Y字形に屈曲され、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3548を形成されている。
変形部3544は、裏表紙部1014の背表紙部1016に近い位置に形成されており、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、その両側すなわち、裏表紙部1014側と表表紙部1012側とに屈曲部3550を形成され、綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させるように、屈曲部3550より折曲部1020を立ち上げてなる。
折曲部1020と屈曲部3550と第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは、平行に形成されている。
変形部3544は、表紙体1010の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により囲繞された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、折曲部1020から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3540 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformation portion 3544. The deformation portion 3544 is bent into a substantially Y-shaped cross section, and the binding binding portion 422 of the first binding rod and the binding binding of the second binding rod. A through-hole 3548 is formed in which the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 is rotatably inserted so that the hook engaging portion 432 can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The deformable portion 3544 is formed at a position close to the spine portion 1016 of the back cover portion 1014, and is formed with a bent portion 1020 at a position away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024. The bent portion 3550 is formed on the back cover portion 1014 side and the front cover portion 1012 side, and the bent portion 1020 is raised from the bent portion 3550 so as to be positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410.
The bent portion 1020, the bent portion 3550, the first hinge portion 1022, and the second hinge portion 1024 are formed in parallel.
The deformable portion 3544 is formed by cutting out a part of the cover body 1010 and raising an area surrounded by the notch portion toward the inside of the cover body 1010, from the bent portion 1020 to the binding tool 410. It has a width reaching the center of the binding portion 412 and a width wider than the interval between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430.

この実施の形態においては、変形部3544は、表表紙部1012側の第1変形部3544Aと裏表紙部1014側の第2変形部3544Bとを備える。
屈曲部3550は、折曲部1020より第1変形部3544Aの幅の長さ分を離れて表表紙部1012側に形成された第1屈曲部3550Aを構成する第1ヒンジ部1022と、折曲部1020より第2変形部3544Bの幅の長さ分を離れて裏表紙部1014側に形成された第2屈曲部3550Bを構成する第2ヒンジ部1024とを備える。
更に、取付部3540は、折曲部1020の両脇に形成された第3屈曲部3550Cと第4屈曲部3550Dを備える。
変形部3544は、第1屈曲部3550Aを構成する第1ヒンジ部1022及び第3屈曲部3550C並びに第2屈曲部3550Bを構成する第2ヒンジ部1024及び第4屈曲部3550Dを谷折りし、折曲部1020を山折りして、第1変形部3544A及び第2変形部3544B並びに第3屈曲部3550C及び第4屈曲部3550Dと折曲部1020との間を立ち上げて、横断面略Y字形に立ち上げられて形成される。
変形部3544は、その中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3548を穿設されている。
変形部3544は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは反対側の貫挿孔3548より内側すなわち変形部3544の中央領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3544は、表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3548より離れた折曲部1020の側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3544は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3548を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 3544 includes a first deformable portion 3544A on the front cover portion 1012 side and a second deformable portion 3544B on the back cover portion 1014 side.
The bent portion 3550 is separated from the bent portion 1020 by the length of the width of the first deformable portion 3544A and the first hinge portion 1022 constituting the first bent portion 3550A formed on the front cover portion 1012 side and the bent portion 3550A. 2nd hinge part 1024 which comprises the 2nd bending part 3550B formed in the back cover part 1014 side apart from the length of the width | variety of the 2nd deformation | transformation part 3544B from the part 1020.
Furthermore, the attachment portion 3540 includes a third bent portion 3550C and a fourth bent portion 3550D formed on both sides of the bent portion 1020.
The deformable portion 3544 folds and folds the first hinge portion 1022 and the third bent portion 3550C constituting the first bent portion 3550A and the second hinge portion 1024 and the fourth bent portion 3550D constituting the second bent portion 3550B. The bent portion 1020 is folded in a mountain, and the first deformed portion 3544A, the second deformed portion 3544B, the third bent portion 3550C, the fourth bent portion 3550D, and the bent portion 1020 are raised to have a substantially Y-shaped cross section. It is formed by being launched.
The deformable portion 3544 has a through hole 3548 through which the binding portion 412 is inserted.
The deformable portion 3544 is located on the inner side of the through hole 3548 opposite to the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, that is, the central region of the deformable portion 3544 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. It is located above the bearing part 414 and the pivot part 416.
The deformable portion 3544 rises inward of the cover body 1010, and the region away from the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024, that is, the side of the bent portion 1020 away from the through hole 3548 is the first. The first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 are positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The deformation portion 3544 is formed with a number of through holes 3548 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3548は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3544の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3548は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔3548は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3548 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 422. The length of the deformable portion 3544 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivotal portion 416) so that the second binding rod 430A of the binding rod 430 can be disengaged from the binding pin locking portion 432 of the second binding rod. Is formed.
The through hole 3548 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 3548 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3548は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3548と貫挿孔3548との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
第1屈曲部3550A並びに第2屈曲部3550B及び第3屈曲部3550C並びに第4屈曲部3550Dと貫挿孔3548との間隔は、第1屈曲部3550A及び第2屈曲部3550Bにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、第1屈曲部3550A及び第2屈曲部3550Bの外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、第1変形部3544A及び第2変形部3544Bの長さは、第1屈曲部3550A又は第2屈曲部3550Bにおいて、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、折曲部1020の一方側に形成された第1変形部3544Aの第1貫挿孔3548Aを第1綴杆420に貫挿させ、折曲部1020の他方側に形成された第2変形部3544Bの第2貫挿孔3548Bを第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、折曲部1020を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3544の下方であって裏表紙部1014の外側と変形部3544の下側面(外側面)との間に位置させて、背表紙部1016に取り付けられている。
The through hole 3548 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. In order to move and disengage, the gaps 412 between the adjacent through holes 3548 and the through holes 3548 are arranged side by side so that the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed around the pivot 416. It is inserted.
The distance between the first bent portion 3550A, the second bent portion 3550B, the third bent portion 3550C, the fourth bent portion 3550D, and the insertion hole 3548 is the cover page portion 1012 in the first bent portion 3550A and the second bent portion 3550B. And the back cover portion 1014 are folded back, and the cover body 1010 is formed into a flat plate shape with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surfaces facing each other, the outer side of the first bent portion 3550A and the second bent portion 3550B is The pivot portion 416 can be positioned and the bent portion 1020 can be positioned outside the pivot portion 416.
The lengths of the first deformable portion 3544A and the second deformable portion 3544B are such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the first bent portion 3550A or the second bent portion 3550B, and the front cover body 1010 is When the outer surfaces are faced to form a flat plate shape, the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020.
In this embodiment, the first insertion hole 3548A of the first deformable portion 3544A formed on one side of the bent portion 1020 is inserted into the first binding rod 420 and formed on the other side of the bent portion 1020. The second insertion hole 3548B of the second deformed portion 3544B is inserted into the second binding rod 430, the bent portion 1020 is positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416, and the binding tool 410 is covered. Attached to the body 1010.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inside of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection area and the pivot area of the binding tool 410 are below the deforming portion 3544 and outside the back cover portion 1014. Positioned between the lower surface (outer surface) of the deformable portion 3544 and attached to the spine portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、背表紙部1016の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部1016の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部3540の貫挿孔3548は、表紙体1010を屈曲部3550(第1ヒンジ部1022並びに第2ヒンジ部1024及び第3屈曲部3550C並びに第4屈曲部3550D)において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3550との間に綴具410の連結領域又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の外側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3548に緩挿されて、取付部3540に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3544は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the spine cover portion 1016 at the approximate center in the width direction of the spine cover portion 1016.
The through hole 3548 of the mounting portion 3540 changes the cover body 1010 by approximately 360 degrees at the bent portion 3550 (the first hinge portion 1022, the second hinge portion 1024, the third bent portion 3550C, and the fourth bent portion 3550D). It is formed at a part to which the binding tool 410 is attached so as to be located between the facing cover parts (front cover part 1012, back cover part 1014 and spine cover part 1016) sometimes near the bent part 1020, It is formed between the bent portion 3550 and an interval more than the width of the connecting region or the pivoting region of the binding tool 410.
The binding tool 410 is located outside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A are disposed on the outer side. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the through-holes 3548 and attached to the attachment portion 3540, and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (cover cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).
The deformable portion 3544 is an extension line or an extended surface of the cover body 1010 that is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024 of the cover body 1010 that has been opened and flattened. On the upper side, the cover body 1010 in a flat state extends outwardly in parallel or obliquely.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が背表紙部1016の外側に位置し、自由端420b及び自由端430b側が背表紙部1016の内側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが表表紙部1012側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding device 410, the bearing portion 414 is located outside the spine portion 1016, the free end 420b and the free end 430b side are located inside the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A is located on the front cover portion 1012 side. When the cover 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is configured to be positioned on the second binding 430 side.

図55は、別の取付部を示す断面図解図であり、図56は、別の取付部を示す表紙体の平面図解図である。
前記表紙体1010は、表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016のうちいずれか1つに綴具410を取り付けるための取付部3640を形成され、前記表紙体1010は、綴杆部412に綴じられたリーフ1110を第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430に沿って捲り、360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部412を構成する第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部1020を備える。
FIG. 55 is an illustrative sectional view showing another attaching portion, and FIG. 56 is a plan illustrative view of a cover body showing another attaching portion.
The cover body 1010 is formed with an attachment portion 3640 for attaching the binding tool 410 to any one of the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016, and the cover body 1010 has a binding portion. The leaf 1110 bound to 412 is rolled along the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, and the first binding rod 420 and the second binding pin 412 constituting the binding portion 412 can be turned 360 degrees. A folding portion 1020 for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold is formed continuously from the near side to the far side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region that becomes the center when the binding 430 is opened and closed.

表紙体1010に形成された取付部3640は、綴具410を取り付けるための変形部3644を備え、変形部3644は、表表紙部1012又は裏表紙部1014の一部を切り欠かれて、切り欠き部により区画された領域を表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて、屈曲された部位により形成されている。
変形部3644は、第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具410の綴杆部412を回動自在に嵌挿させる貫挿孔3648を形成されている。
この実施の形態においては、変形部3644は、裏表紙部1014に形成され、第2ヒンジ部1024より離れた位置において折曲部1020を形成され、該折曲部1020を屈曲部3650として、折曲部1020から背表紙部1016側を立ち上げて、自由端縁(背表紙部1016側端縁)を綴具410の連結領域より上に位置させる。
折曲部1020の一方側に形成された変形部3644の貫挿孔3648を貫挿させて、綴具410は、表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
変形部3644は、折曲部1020において表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げて形成され、折曲部1020から綴具410の綴杆部412の中央に至る幅を備え、且つ、第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間隔よりも広い幅を備えている。
The attachment portion 3640 formed on the cover body 1010 includes a deformable portion 3644 for attaching the binding tool 410, and the deformable portion 3644 is notched by cutting out a part of the front cover portion 1012 or the back cover portion 1014. A region partitioned by the portion is formed toward the inside of the cover body 1010 and is formed by a bent portion.
The deforming portion 3644 moves the first binding rod binding portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 in the longitudinal direction of the connecting region so as to be disengaged. A through hole 3648 is formed in which the portion 412 is rotatably inserted.
In this embodiment, the deformable portion 3644 is formed on the back cover portion 1014, the bent portion 1020 is formed at a position away from the second hinge portion 1024, and the bent portion 1020 is used as a bent portion 3650. The spine cover portion 1016 side is raised from the curved portion 1020, and the free edge (the spine cover portion 1016 side edge) is positioned above the connection region of the binding tool 410.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the cover sheet 1010 by inserting the insertion hole 3648 of the deformation portion 3644 formed on one side of the bent portion 1020.
The deformable portion 3644 is formed by being raised toward the inside of the cover body 1010 at the bent portion 1020, has a width extending from the bent portion 1020 to the center of the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410, and the first A width wider than the interval between the binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 is provided.

変形部3644は、その中央に綴杆部412を貫挿するための貫挿孔3648を穿設されている。
変形部3644は、折曲部1020とは反対側の貫挿孔3648より内側すなわち変形部3644の先端及びその近傍領域を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3644は、表紙体1010の内方に向けて立ち上げる、屈曲部3650とは離れた領域すなわち貫挿孔3648より離れた自由端縁側を第1綴杆420と第2綴杆430との間で軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させる。
変形部3644は、綴具410の綴杆部412の数に対応した数の貫挿孔3648を、並列された綴杆部412の間隔に対応して穿設され、背表紙部1016とは離れた側に位置する第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aを貫挿される。
The deformable portion 3644 is provided with a through hole 3648 for inserting the binding portion 412 in the center thereof.
The deformable portion 3644 is located between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 on the inner side of the through hole 3648 on the opposite side of the bent portion 1020, that is, in the vicinity of the distal end of the deformable portion 3644 and the second binding rod 430. Positioned above the pivot 416.
The deformable portion 3644 rises inward of the cover body 1010, and is located in a region away from the bent portion 3650, that is, a free end side far from the insertion hole 3648 between the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430. Between the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416.
The deformable portion 3644 is formed with a number of through holes 3648 corresponding to the number of binding portions 412 of the binding tool 410 corresponding to the interval between the parallel binding portions 412, and is separated from the spine portion 1016. The half split bar 430A of the second binding bar 430 located on the other side is inserted.

貫挿孔3648は、第1綴具部材418Aの第1綴杆420を向こう側に移動させ、第1綴杆420の半割杆420Aの第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422と第2綴杆430の半割杆430Aの第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432との係合を外すことができるように、変形部3644の長手方向(すなわち枢軸部416の長手方向)におけるその長さを形成されている。
貫挿孔3648は、平面方形状又は平面視略L字状に形成される。
平面視略L字状の貫挿孔3648は、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、細い第1綴杆420(又は第2綴杆430)に位置する領域は狭い幅の孔で形成され、表紙体1010を開いたときには、太い枢軸部416(又は軸受部414)に位置する領域は、広い幅の孔で形成される。
The insertion hole 3648 moves the first binding rod 420 of the first binding member 418A to the other side, and the first binding rod binding portion 422 of the first binding rod 420A of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod locking portion 422. The length of the deformable portion 3644 in the longitudinal direction (that is, the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416) is such that the engagement of the half split bar 430A of the binding bar 430 with the binding bar locking part 432 of the second binding bar is possible. Is formed.
The through-hole 3648 is formed in a planar square shape or a substantially L shape in plan view.
When the cover body 1010 is closed, the through hole 3648 having a substantially L shape in plan view is formed by a hole having a narrow width in the region located in the thin first binding rod 420 (or the second binding rod 430). When 1010 is opened, the region located in the thick pivot 416 (or the bearing 414) is formed with a wide hole.

前記貫挿孔3648は、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432を枢軸部416の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、隣接する貫挿孔3648と貫挿孔3648との間に間隙を設けて並んで、綴具410の綴杆部412を枢軸部416を中心にして開閉自在に貫挿している。
屈曲部3650(第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024)と貫挿孔3648との間隔は、第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置でき且つ折曲部1020が枢軸部416の外側に位置できる長さに構成されている。
又、変形部3644の長さは、折曲部1020において、表表紙部1012と裏表紙部1014とを折り返し、表紙体1010を、内面を外側にし、外面を向き合わせて、平板状にしたときに、折曲部1020の外側に綴具410の枢軸部416が位置できる長さに構成されている。
この実施の形態においては、変形部3644の貫挿孔3648を第2綴杆430に貫挿させて、変形部3644の先端側を軸受部414及び枢軸部416の上方に位置させて、綴具410を表紙体1010に取り付けられている。
綴具410は、表紙体1010の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に取り付けられ、綴具410の連結領域及び枢結領域を変形部3344の下方であって裏表紙部1014の内側と変形部3344の下側面(外側面)との間に位置させて、背表紙部1016に取り付けられている。
The through hole 3648 extends the first binding rod locking portion 422 and the second binding rod binding portion 432 of the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430 in the longitudinal direction of the pivot portion 416. In order to be able to move and disengage, a gap is provided between adjacent through holes 3648 and the through holes 3648 so that the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 can be opened and closed around the pivot 416. It is inserted.
The distance between the bent portion 3650 (the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024) and the through hole 3648 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are separated from each other in the first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024. When the cover body 1010 is folded and turned into a flat plate with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surfaces facing each other, the pivotal portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be located outside the folded portion 1020 and the folded portion 1020 is pivoted. It is configured to have a length that can be positioned outside 416.
Also, the length of the deformable portion 3644 is such that the front cover portion 1012 and the back cover portion 1014 are folded back at the bent portion 1020, and the cover body 1010 is flattened with the inner surface facing outward and the outer surface facing each other. In addition, the length is configured such that the pivot portion 416 of the binding tool 410 can be positioned outside the bent portion 1020.
In this embodiment, the insertion hole 3648 of the deformation portion 3644 is inserted into the second binding rod 430, and the distal end side of the deformation portion 3644 is positioned above the bearing portion 414 and the pivot portion 416, and the binding tool 410 is attached to the cover body 1010.
The binding tool 410 is attached to the inner side of the cover body 1010 and close to the spine portion 1016, and the connection region and the pivot region of the binding device 410 are below the deformation portion 3344 and inside the back cover portion 1014. Positioned between the lower surface (outer surface) of the deformable portion 3344 and attached to the spine portion 1016.

この実施の形態においては、前記表紙体1010は、裏表紙部1014の幅方向における背表紙部1016に近い位置に裏表紙部1014の高さ方向(長手方向)にのびる折曲部1020を形成されている。
前記取付部3640の貫挿孔3648は、表紙体1010を屈曲部3650(折曲部1020)において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の間であって折曲部1020の近くに位置するように、綴具410を取り付けられる部位に形成され、屈曲部3650との間に綴具410の連結領域又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成されている。
前記綴具410は、表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内側であって背表紙部1016に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材418A及び第2綴具部材418Bの一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔3648に緩挿されて、取付部3640に取り付けられ、表紙体1010を閉じたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面に位置し、表紙体1010を開いたときには、綴具410の綴杆部412が表紙部(表表紙部1012、裏表紙部1014及び背表紙部1016)の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部1020の近くに位置するように形成されている。
変形部3644は、開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった第1ヒンジ部1022及び第2ヒンジ部1024の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、平板状態の表紙体1010とほぼ平行にないしは斜交して外方に伸びる。
綴具410は、その枢軸部416が表紙体1010の近くで、綴杆部412の第1綴杆の綴杆係止部422及び第2綴杆の綴杆係止部432が遠くで、第1綴杆420及び第2綴杆430が開かれて平板状態にされた表紙体1010の折れ曲がった端縁の外側で、平板状態にされた表紙体1010の延長線、もしくは延長面の上において、並ぶ。
In this embodiment, the cover body 1010 is formed with a bent portion 1020 extending in the height direction (longitudinal direction) of the back cover portion 1014 at a position close to the spine portion 1016 in the width direction of the back cover portion 1014. ing.
The through hole 3648 of the mounting portion 3640 has a front cover portion (front cover portion 1012, back cover portion 1014, and back cover) that are opposed to each other when the cover body 1010 is turned approximately 360 degrees at the bent portion 3650 (folded portion 1020). Portion 1016), and is formed at a portion to which the binding tool 410 is attached so as to be positioned near the bent portion 1020, and the width of the connection region or the pivoting region of the binding device 410 between the bending portion 3650 They are formed at the above intervals.
The binding tool 410 is located inside the cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover portion 1016) and at a position close to the spine portion 1016, and the first binding member 418A and the second binding member 418A. When one or both of the binding members 418B are loosely inserted into the through holes 3648 and attached to the attachment portion 3640 and the cover body 1010 is closed, the binding portion 412 of the binding device 410 is attached to the cover portion (the front cover portion). 1012, the back cover portion 1014 and the back cover portion 1016) are located on the inner surface, and when the cover body 1010 is opened, the binding portion 412 of the binding tool 410 has a cover portion (the front cover portion 1012, the back cover portion 1014, and the back cover). Part 1016) is formed so as to be located near the bent part 1020 which is bent away from the inner surface of the part 1016).
The deformable portion 3644 is an extension line or an extended surface of the cover body 1010 that is flattened outside the bent first hinge portion 1022 and the second hinge portion 1024 of the cover body 1010 that is opened and flattened. On the upper side, the cover body 1010 in a flat state extends outwardly in parallel or obliquely.
The binding tool 410 has a pivotal portion 416 near the cover body 1010, a first binding staple binding portion 422 and a second binding staple binding portion 432 of the binding portion 412, On the outside of the bent edge of the cover body 1010 that has been flattened by opening the first binding rod 420 and the second binding rod 430, on the extension line or the extension surface of the flat cover body 1010, line up.

綴具410は、軸受部414が裏表紙部1014側に位置し、半割杆420Aの自由端420b及び半割杆430Aの自由端430b側が表表紙部1012側に位置し、第1綴具部材418Aが背表紙部1016側に位置して、表紙体1010を閉じたときは、リーフ1110が第2綴杆430側に位置するように構成されている。   In the binding tool 410, the bearing portion 414 is located on the back cover portion 1014 side, the free end 420b of the half split plate 420A and the free end 430b side of the half split plate 430A are located on the front cover portion 1012 side, and the first binding member When 418A is positioned on the spine portion 1016 side and the cover body 1010 is closed, the leaf 1110 is configured to be positioned on the second binding 430 side.

本発明は、前記実施の形態に限らず、種々変更することができる。
例えば、図57に示すように、押圧部を備えない構成として、第1綴具部材18Aの手前側又は第2綴具部材18Bの向こう側を押して綴杆部12を開くように構成してもよい。
又、貫挿孔の形状も、図58に示すように、表紙体1010の幅方向にのびる長方形としてもよい。
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made.
For example, as shown in FIG. 57, as a configuration that does not include the pressing portion, the binding portion 12 may be opened by pressing the near side of the first binding member 18A or the other side of the second binding member 18B. Good.
Further, the shape of the through hole may be a rectangle extending in the width direction of the cover body 1010 as shown in FIG.

10,410 綴具
12,412 綴杆部
14 連結部
16 枢結部
18A,418A 第1綴具部材
18B,418B 第2綴具部材
20,420 第1綴杆
30,430 第2綴杆
20a,30a,420a,430a 基部
20b,30b,420b,430b 自由端
20A,30A,420A,430A 半割杆
22,422 第1綴杆の綴杆係止部
32,432 第2綴杆の綴杆係止部
24,424 第1綴杆の凸部
34,434 第2綴杆の凸部
26,426 第1綴杆の凹部
36,436 第2綴杆の凹部
28,38,428,438 脱係防止部
28a,38a,428a,438a 係止凸部
28b,38b,428b,438b 係止凹部
50 第1連結部
50a 支持部
60 第2連結部
60a 支持部
52 第1連結部の外側部
62 第2連結部の外側部
54 第1連結部の上側部
64 第2連結部の上側部
56 第1連結部の対向部
66 第2連結部の対向部
58 第1連結部の下側部
68 第2連結部の下側部
70,72 開き角規制部
70a,72a,442b,444b,452a,462a 接合面
80,480 第1受け部
90,490 第2受け部
82 第1収容部
92 第2収容部
84,94,452,462 開口部
86,96 円弧部
100 シャフト部
102,502 弾発部材
102a 巻線部
102b 第1固定先端部
102c 第2固定先端部
110,510 押圧部
112,512 第1押圧部
114,514 第2押圧部
140,2240,2340,2440,2540 取付部材
142,2242,2342,2442,2542 定形部
144,544,2244,2344,2444,2544,3144,3244,3344,3444,3544,3644 変形部
146,2246,2346,2446,2546 境界
148,548,2248,2348,2448,2548,3148,3248,3348,3448,3548,3648 貫挿孔
150,550,2250,2350,2550,3150,3250,3350,3450,3550,3650 屈曲部
414 軸受部
416 枢軸部
442 第1架設部
442a,444a 対向部
444 第2架設部
450 第1軸受部
450a 手前側の第1軸受部
450b 中間の第1軸受部
454,464 軸受凹部
456,466 規制凹部
460 第2軸受部
460a 向こう側の第2軸受部
460b 中間の第2軸受部
470 第1の開き角規制部
472 第2の開き角規制部
474 軸部回転規制部
476,478 突起部
482 収容部
520 第1軸部
520a 向こう側の第1軸部
520b 中間の第1軸部
530 第2軸部
530a 手前側の第2軸部
530b 中間の第2軸部
540,3140,3240,3340,3440,3540,3640 取付部
544A,2344A,2444A,2544A,3144A,3244A,3344A,3444A,3544A 第1変形部
544B,2344B,2444B,2544B,3144B,3244B,3344B,3444B,3544B 第2変形部
548A,2348A,2448A,2548A,3148A,3248A,3348A,3448A,3548A 第1貫挿孔
548B,2348B,2448B,2548B,3148B,3248B,3348B,3448B,3548B 第2貫挿孔
550A,2350A,2550A,3150A,3250A,3350A,3450A,3550A 第1屈曲部
550B,2350B,2550B,3150B,3250B,3350B,3450B,3550B 第2屈曲部
1000 ノート
1010 表紙体
1012 表表紙部
1014 裏表紙部
1016 背表紙部
1020 折曲部
1020A 第1折曲部
1020B 第2折曲部
1022 第1ヒンジ部
1024 第2ヒンジ部
1110 リーフ
1110a リーフの表側
1110b リーフの裏側
1112 綴じ穴
1114 綴じ代側端縁
2442A,2542A 第1定形部
2442B,2542B 第2定形部
2446A,2546A 第1境界
2446B,2546B 第2境界
3550C 第3屈曲部
3550D 第4屈曲部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10,410 Binding tool 12,412 Binding part 14 Connection part 16 Pivoting part 18A, 418A 1st binding member 18B, 418B 2nd binding member 20,420 1st binding 30,430 2nd binding 20a, 30a, 420a, 430a Base 20b, 30b, 420b, 430b Free end 20A, 30A, 420A, 430A Half split 22, 422 First binding staple binding portion 32, 432 Second binding staple binding Portions 24 and 424 First binding rod projections 34 and 434 Second binding rod projections 26 and 426 First binding rod recesses 36 and 436 Second binding rod recesses 28, 38, 428 and 438 28a, 38a, 428a, 438a Locking convex portion 28b, 38b, 428b, 438b Locking concave portion 50 First connecting portion 50a Supporting portion 60 Second connecting portion 60a Supporting portion 52 Outer portion of first connecting portion 6 Outer part of second connecting part 54 Upper part of first connecting part 64 Upper part of second connecting part 56 Opposing part of first connecting part 66 Opposing part of second connecting part 58 Lower side part of first connecting part 68 First 2 Lower part 70,72 Opening angle restricting part 70a, 72a, 442b, 444b, 452a, 462a Joint surface 80,480 1st receiving part 90,490 2nd receiving part 82 1st accommodating part 92 2nd accommodating Portions 84, 94, 452, 462 Opening 86, 96 Arc portion 100 Shaft portion 102, 502 Resilient member 102a Winding portion 102b First fixed tip portion 102c Second fixed tip portion 110, 510 Pressing portion 112, 512 First Pressing part 114, 514 Second pressing part 140, 2240, 2340, 2440, 2540 Mounting member 142, 2242, 2342, 2442, 2542 Fixed part 144, 5 4, 2244, 2344, 2444, 2544, 3144, 3244, 3344, 3444, 3544, 3644 Deformations 146, 2246, 2346, 2446, 2546 Boundaries 148, 548, 2248, 2348, 2448, 2548, 3148, 3248, 3348 , 3448, 3548, 3648 Insertion hole 150, 550, 2250, 2350, 2550, 3150, 3250, 3350, 3450, 3550, 3650 Bending portion 414 Bearing portion 416 Pivoting portion 442 First installation portion 442a, 444a Opposing portion 444 2 installation part 450 1st bearing part 450a 1st bearing part 450b near side 1st bearing part 454,464 Bearing recessed part 456,466 Restriction recessed part 460 2nd bearing part 460a 2nd bearing part 460b in the other side 460b Middle 1st bearing part 2 axis Part 470 First opening angle restricting part 472 Second opening angle restricting part 474 Shaft part rotation restricting part 476, 478 Projection part 482 Storage part 520 First shaft part 520a The first shaft part 520b on the other side The first shaft in the middle Part 530 Second shaft part 530a Front second shaft part 530b Middle second shaft part 540, 3140, 3240, 3340, 3440, 3540, 3640 Mounting parts 544A, 2344A, 2444A, 2544A, 3144A, 3244A, 3344A, 3444A, 3544A 1st deformation part 544B, 2344B, 2444B, 2544B, 3144B, 3244B, 3344B, 3444B, 3544B 2nd deformation part 548A, 2348A, 2448A, 2548A, 3148A, 3248A, 3348A, 3448A, 3548A 1st insertion hole 548 , 2348B, 2448B, 2548B, 3148B, 3248B, 3348B, 3448B, 3548B 2nd insertion hole 550A, 2350A, 2550A, 3150A, 3250A, 3350A, 3450A, 3550A 1st bent part 550B, 2350B, 2550B, 3150B, 3250B, 3350B, 3450B, 3550B Second bent portion 1000 Notes 1010 Cover body 1012 Front cover portion 1014 Back cover portion 1016 Back cover portion 1020 Bent portion 1020A First bent portion 1020B Second bent portion 1022 First hinge portion 1024 Second Hinge part 1110 Leaf 1110a Leaf front side 1110b Leaf back side 1112 Binding hole 1114 Binding margin side edge 2442A, 2542A First fixed part 2442B, 2542B Second fixed part 2 46A, 2546A first boundary 2446B, 2546B second boundary 3550C third bent portion 3550D fourth bent portion

Claims (6)

表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、
複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、
前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部材とを備え、
前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、
前記取付部材は、表紙に固定されるための定形部と変形部とを備え、
綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を変形部の貫挿孔に回動自在に貫挿され、
前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部を備え、
前記綴具の連結領域及び取付部材の定形部は、前記折曲部の近傍に位置して、綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成された、帳面。
A cover body having a front cover part, a back cover part, and a back cover part interposed between the front cover part and the back cover part;
A binding device comprising a plurality of binding portions, a connection region for connecting the binding portions, and a pivotal region serving as a center when opening and closing the binding portion constituting the binding portion;
An attachment member for attaching the binding device to the inside of the cover portion,
The connecting area is formed by turning the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part along the binding, turning about 360 degrees, and closing the leafs on the front and back sides at both ends. So that they can face each other across the connection area, the connection area is connected to the base of the binding,
The mounting member includes a fixed part and a deforming part for fixing to a cover.
The binding portion and / or the connection region and / or the pivot region can be freely rotated in the insertion hole of the deformation portion so that the binding portion of the binding portion can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of the connection region. Inserted,
The cover part is continuous from the near side to the other side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region that becomes the center when the binding that constitutes the binding part is opened and closed so that the cover part can be turned approximately 360 degrees. Formed with a folded portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold,
The connecting region of the binding tool and the fixed portion of the attachment member are located in the vicinity of the bent portion, and the leaf bound to the binding portion can be wound along the binding portion, and can be turned approximately 360 degrees. A book made up of.
前記表紙体は、
背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、
あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、
前記取付部材の貫挿孔は、貫挿孔に緩挿された綴具が背表紙部の近くに位置し且つ表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに折曲部の近くに位置するように綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成されるとともに、折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて、表紙体を閉じたときには綴具が表紙体の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成され、
前記綴具は、連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を、表紙体を閉じたときに表紙体の内側の近くに位置し、且つ表紙体を開いたときに表紙体の内側から外れた外側で折曲部の近くに位置するように、取付部材の変形部に取り付けられた、請求項1に記載の帳面。
The cover body is
A bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine cover part is formed at substantially the center in the width direction of the spine cover part,
Alternatively, in the front cover part or the back cover part, a bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover part or the back cover part is formed at a position close to the back cover part,
The through hole of the mounting member is folded when the binding tool loosely inserted into the through hole is located near the spine portion and the cover body is turned approximately 360 degrees at the hinge portion and / or the bent portion. It is formed in a part to which the binding device can be attached so as to be located near the bent portion, and a space more than the width of the connecting region and / or the pivot region of the binding device is provided between the bent portion and / or the bent portion. When the cover body is closed, the binding tool is positioned on the inner surface of the cover body, and when the cover body is opened, the binding tool is positioned near the folded portion that is bent away from the inner surface of the cover section. Formed,
The binding device has the connecting region and / or the pivot region located near the inside of the cover body when the cover body is closed, and folded outside the inside of the cover body when the cover body is opened. The book according to claim 1, attached to the deformed portion of the attachment member so as to be located near the curved portion.
前記取付部材の変形部は、固定部との境界から、内方に向けて立ち上げられた平板状体又は筒状体により構成され、立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、
綴具の綴杆部及び/又は連結領域及び/又は枢結領域を開閉自在に貫挿され、立ち上げられた変形部の高い領域が綴杆部の内側に至り、綴具が表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの内側面に取り付けられた、請求項1に記載の帳面。
The deformation part of the mounting member is constituted by a flat body or a cylindrical body raised inward from the boundary with the fixed part, and a through hole is formed in the raised area.
The binding area of the binding tool and / or the connecting area and / or the pivot area is inserted in an openable / closable manner, and the raised area with the high deformation part reaches the inside of the binding area, and the binding tool is connected to the back of the cover body. The book surface according to claim 1, which is attached to an inner surface near a cover part or a back cover part.
表表紙部、裏表紙部及び表表紙部と裏表紙部との間に介在する背表紙部を有する表紙体と、
複数の綴杆部、前記綴杆部を連結するための連結領域、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる枢結領域を備える綴具と、
前記綴具を表紙部の内側に取り付けるための取付部とを備え、
前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆は、一対の綴杆が向き合うように、一対の連結領域の各々にその長手方向に適宜な間隔をおいて、連結領域の外側部ないし上側部から突設され、綴杆係止部が連結領域の長手方向に移動して開閉するように形成され、
前記連結領域は、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえし、閉じたときに両端にあるリーフの表側と裏側とが連結領域を挟んで向かい合うことができるように、綴杆の基部と近接した位置に連結領域を連設され、
前記表紙体は、表表紙部、裏表紙部及び背表紙部のうちいずれか1つに綴具を取り付けるための取付部を形成され、
前記表紙部は、略360度捲りかえすことができるように、前記綴杆部を構成する綴杆を開閉させるときの中心となる連結領域の長手方向に沿って手前側から向こう側に亘って連続して形成された、山折り又は谷折りに折り曲げるための折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を備え、
前記取付部は、綴杆の綴杆係止部を連結領域の長手方向に移動させて脱係できるように、綴具の綴杆部を回動自在に貫挿させる貫挿孔を形成され、
前記取付部の貫挿孔に貫挿された綴具の連結領域は、前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部の近傍に位置させて、前記綴杆の先端を合わせて閉鎖するとき及び綴杆の先端の綴杆係止部を離間させ、表表紙部及び/又は裏表紙部並びに綴杆部に綴じられたリーフを綴杆に沿って捲り、略360度捲りかえすことができるように構成された、帳面。
A cover body having a front cover part, a back cover part, and a back cover part interposed between the front cover part and the back cover part;
A binding device comprising a plurality of binding portions, a connection region for connecting the binding portions, and a pivotal region serving as a center when opening and closing the binding portion constituting the binding portion;
An attachment portion for attaching the binding device to the inside of the cover portion,
The binding that constitutes the binding portion protrudes from the outer side or the upper side of the connection region at an appropriate interval in the longitudinal direction of each of the pair of connection regions so that the pair of bindings face each other. The binding lock portion is formed so as to move in the longitudinal direction of the connecting region and open and close,
The connecting area is formed by turning the leaf bound to the front cover part and / or the back cover part and the binding part along the binding, turning about 360 degrees, and closing the leafs on the front and back sides at both ends. So that they can face each other across the connection area, the connection area is connected to the base of the binding,
The cover body is formed with an attachment portion for attaching a binding tool to any one of a front cover portion, a back cover portion and a back cover portion,
The cover part is continuous from the near side to the other side along the longitudinal direction of the connecting region that becomes the center when the binding that constitutes the binding part is opened and closed so that the cover part can be turned approximately 360 degrees. A bent portion and / or a bent portion for folding into a mountain fold or a valley fold,
The attachment portion is formed with a through hole through which the binding portion of the binding tool is rotatably inserted so that the binding portion of the binding device can be moved and disengaged in the longitudinal direction of the connection region.
The binding region of the binding tool that is inserted through the insertion hole of the attachment portion is positioned in the vicinity of the bent portion and / or the bent portion, and when the front end of the binding rod is closed and closed. The front binding portion and / or the back cover portion and the leaf bound to the binding portion are wound along the binding and can be turned approximately 360 degrees. , Book.
前記表紙体は、
背表紙部の幅方向における略中央に背表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、
あるいは、表表紙部又は裏表紙部において、背表紙部に近い位置に、表表紙部又は裏表紙部の長手方向にのびる折曲部及び/又は屈曲部を形成され、
前記取付部の貫挿孔は、表紙体をヒンジ部及び/又は折曲部において略360度捲りかえしたときに対向する表紙部の間であって折曲部の近くに位置するように、綴具を取り付けられる部位に形成され、且つ前記折曲部及び/又は屈曲部との間に綴具の連結領域及び/又は枢結領域の幅以上の間隔をおいて形成され、
前記綴具は、表紙部の外側であって背表紙部に近い位置に位置して、第1綴具部材及び第2綴具部材の一方又は両方において前記貫挿孔に緩挿されて、取付部に取り付けられ、
表紙体を閉じたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面に位置し、表紙体を開いたときには、綴具の綴杆部が表紙部の内面から離れて折り曲げられた折曲部の近くに位置するように形成された、請求項4に記載の帳面。
The cover body is
A bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the spine cover part is formed at substantially the center in the width direction of the spine cover part,
Alternatively, in the front cover part or the back cover part, a bent part and / or a bent part extending in the longitudinal direction of the front cover part or the back cover part is formed at a position close to the back cover part,
The through hole of the mounting portion is positioned so as to be located between the facing cover portions when the cover body is turned approximately 360 degrees at the hinge portion and / or the folding portion and close to the folding portion. Formed at a site to which a tool is attached, and formed at a distance greater than the width of the connecting region and / or the pivot region of the binding device between the bent portion and / or the bent portion,
The binding device is located outside the cover portion and close to the spine portion, and is loosely inserted into the through hole in one or both of the first binding member and the second binding member, and attached. Attached to the
When the cover is closed, the binding portion of the binding is located on the inner surface of the cover, and when the cover is opened, the binding portion of the binding is folded away from the inner surface of the cover. The book according to claim 4, which is formed so as to be located nearby.
前記取付部は、
表紙体に形成された屈曲部において、一部を内方に向けて立ち上げられて構成され、
立ち上げられた領域に貫挿孔を形成され、立ち上げられた取付部の高い領域が綴杆の内側に至り、
綴具の綴杆部を開閉自在に貫挿されて、綴具を表紙体の背表紙部又は背表紙部の近くの外側面に取り付けられた、請求項4に記載の帳面。
The mounting portion is
In the bent part formed in the cover body, it is configured to be partly raised inward,
A through hole is formed in the raised area, and the raised area of the mounting portion reaches the inside of the binding,
The book according to claim 4, wherein the binding portion of the binding tool is inserted so as to be openable and closable, and the binding tool is attached to the back cover portion of the cover body or the outer surface near the spine cover portion.
JP2011218268A 2011-09-30 2011-09-30 Notebook Expired - Fee Related JP5425155B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011218268A JP5425155B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2011-09-30 Notebook

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011218268A JP5425155B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2011-09-30 Notebook

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2013075492A true JP2013075492A (en) 2013-04-25
JP5425155B2 JP5425155B2 (en) 2014-02-26

Family

ID=48479340

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2011218268A Expired - Fee Related JP5425155B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2011-09-30 Notebook

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5425155B2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016152823A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 Juki株式会社 Sewing machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005522364A (en) * 2002-04-15 2005-07-28 チズマー・ジェームス・エス Loose leaf binder
US20060024124A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 World Wide Stationery Mfg. Co., Ltd. Ring binder mechanism
JP2010120367A (en) * 2008-10-21 2010-06-03 Lihit Lab Inc Binding device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005522364A (en) * 2002-04-15 2005-07-28 チズマー・ジェームス・エス Loose leaf binder
US20060024124A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 World Wide Stationery Mfg. Co., Ltd. Ring binder mechanism
JP2010120367A (en) * 2008-10-21 2010-06-03 Lihit Lab Inc Binding device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016152823A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 Juki株式会社 Sewing machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5425155B2 (en) 2014-02-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4954301B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5474102B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5112345B2 (en) Displacement body of binding tool
US20090003925A1 (en) Loose-Leaf Binder
JP5425154B2 (en) Notebook
US20130084122A1 (en) Binder ring
US20100034576A1 (en) Binding device
JP5425155B2 (en) Notebook
US7077595B2 (en) Spine binder
JP5695617B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4657303B2 (en) File
JP5117531B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5525581B2 (en) Binding tool
JP6886687B2 (en) Ring-type binding holder, holder with binding, and files
JP6121392B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5925380B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5613205B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4218549B2 (en) Binding tools and files
CN211031881U (en) Ring binder
JP5767608B2 (en) Cover body
JP6027561B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4885926B2 (en) File binders
JP4624249B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4695094B2 (en) Binding tool

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20130823

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20130903

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20131029

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20131119

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20131126

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5425155

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees